2 T
\bTh
\bhe
\be M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg E
\bE-
\b-M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl C
\bCl
\bli
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt
4 by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others.
8 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bst
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt
10 ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
12 _
\b1_
\b. _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bd_
\bu_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
14 M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt-ng is
15 highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
16 features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular expression
17 searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting groups of mes-
20 This documentation additionally contains documentation to M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-N
\bNG
\bG, a fork from
21 Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt, to integrate all
22 the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web, and to add other new fea-
23 tures. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be discussed in an extra section.
24 Don't be confused when most of the documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-
25 ng, Mutt-ng contains all Mutt features, plus many more.
27 _
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
31 _
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
33 +
\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user support
36 +
\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for mutt-ng
38 _
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\bo_
\bf_
\bt_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\be _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bS_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
40 So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can download daily
41 snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
43 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 1
45 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 2
47 _
\b1_
\b._
\b4 _
\bI_
\bR_
\bC
49 Visit channel _
\b#_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\bn_
\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat with other
50 people interested in Mutt-ng.
52 _
\b1_
\b._
\b5 _
\bW_
\be_
\bb_
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
54 If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-ng, and get
55 informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related articles and packages
56 for your favorite distribution, you can read and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng
59 _
\b1_
\b._
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt
61 Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others
63 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
64 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
65 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later ver-
68 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
69 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
70 PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
72 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
73 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
74 Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
76 _
\b2_
\b. _
\bG_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
78 This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt-ng. There are
79 many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. <-- There is
80 even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and various web pages. See the
81 Mutt Page for more details. -->
83 The key bindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed.
84 Your local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site.
85 You can always type ``?'' in any menu to display the current bindings.
87 The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt-ng simply by typing muttng at the
88 command line. There are various command-line options, see either the muttng
89 man page or the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62).
91 If you have used mutt in the past the easiest thing to have a proper configura-
92 tion file is to source /.muttrc in /.muttngrc.
94 _
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bA_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs
96 Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a table show-
97 ing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt-ng.
99 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 3
101 j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
102 k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
103 z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
104 Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
105 = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
106 * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
107 q quit exit the current menu
108 ? help list all key bindings for the current menu
110 _
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bI_
\bn_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
112 Mutt-ng has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to input
113 textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys used to move
114 around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
116 ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
117 ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
118 Esc B backward-word move back one word
119 ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
120 ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
121 ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
122 Esc F forward-word move forward one word
123 <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
124 ^T complete-query complete address with query
125 ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
126 ESC d kill-eow delete to the end of the word
127 ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
128 ^U kill-line delete entire line
129 ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
130 <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
131 <Down> history-down recall next string from history
132 <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
133 Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
134 Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
135 Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
137 <Return> n/a finish editing
139 You can remap the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br functions using the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) com-
140 mand. For example, to make the _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be key delete the character in front of the
141 cursor rather than under, you could use
143 bind editor <delete> backspace
145 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\b- _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
147 Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is read
148 in Mutt-ng. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox, which is called
149 the ``index'' in Mutt-ng. The second mode is the display of the message con-
150 tents. This is called the ``pager.''
152 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 4
154 The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these modes.
156 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
158 c change to a different mailbox
159 ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
160 C copy the current message to another mailbox
161 ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
162 ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
163 D delete messages matching a pattern
164 d delete the current message
166 l show messages matching a pattern
167 N mark message as new
168 o change the current sort method
169 O reverse sort the mailbox
170 q save changes and exit
172 T tag messages matching a pattern
173 t toggle the tag on a message
174 ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
175 U undelete messages matching a pattern
178 x abort changes and exit
179 <Return> display-message
180 <Tab> jump to the next new message
181 @ show the author's full e-mail address
182 $ save changes to mailbox
185 ^L clear and redraw the screen
186 ^T untag messages matching a pattern
188 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
190 In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of the
191 disposition of each message is printed beside the message number. Zero or more
192 of the following ``flags'' may appear, which mean:
195 message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
198 message have attachments marked for deletion
201 contains a PGP public key
206 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 5
212 message is PGP encrypted
215 message has been replied to
218 message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
229 Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
231 +
\bo s
\bse
\bet
\bt-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: w)
233 +
\bo c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: W)
235 Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed to. They
236 can be customized with the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.320 , page 143) variable.
239 message is to you and you only
242 message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
245 message is cc'ed to you
251 message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
253 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
255 By default, Mutt-ng uses its builtin pager to display the body of messages.
256 The pager is very similar to the Unix program _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs though not nearly as fea-
259 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 6
261 <Return> go down one line
262 <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
263 - go back to the previous page
264 n search for next match
265 S skip beyond quoted text
266 T toggle display of quoted text
268 / search for a regular expression (pattern)
269 ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
270 \ toggle search pattern coloring
271 ^ jump to the top of the message
273 In addition, many of the functions from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx are available in the pager,
274 such as _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be or _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (this is one advantage over using an
275 external pager to view messages).
277 Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For one, it
278 will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences for bold and under-
279 line. These sequences are a series of either the letter, backspace (^H), the
280 letter again for bold or the letter, backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline.
281 Mutt-ng will attempt to display these in bold and underline respectively if
282 your terminal supports them. If not, you can use the bold and underline _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br
283 (section 3.7 , page 21) objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.
285 Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for charac-
286 ter attributes. Mutt-ng translates them into the correct color and character
287 settings. The sequences Mutt-ng supports are:
289 ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
296 3x Foreground color is x
297 4x Background color is x
309 Mutt-ng uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they can
310 also be used by an external _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) script for high-
311 lighting purposes. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you change the colors for your display, for
313 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 7
315 example by changing the color associated with color2 for your xterm, then that
316 color will be used instead of green.
318 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
320 When the mailbox is _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.289 , page 134) by _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs, there are
321 a few additional functions available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br modes.
323 ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
324 ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
325 ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
326 ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
327 ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
328 ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
329 ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
330 ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
331 ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
332 ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
333 ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
334 ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
335 ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
336 P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
338 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the thread and
339 hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so many messages that you
340 can only see a handful of threads on the screen. See %M in _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
341 tion 6.3.110 , page 90). For example, you could use "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in
342 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90) to optionally display the number of
343 hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
345 See also: _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.3.309 , page 141).
347 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
349 c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be-
\b-a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
352 Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a new one).
353 Once editing is complete, an _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) command is added to
354 the file specified by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) variable for
355 future use. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Specifying an _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) does not
356 add the aliases specified there-in, you must also _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page
359 c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk-
\b-t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl-
\b-p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
362 This function will search the current message for content signed or encrypted
363 with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME tagging. Techni-
364 cally, this function will temporarily change the MIME content types of the body
365 parts containing PGP data; this is similar to the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 2.3.4 ,
366 page 8) function's effect.
368 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 8
370 d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by-
\b-t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd
373 Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section
374 3.8 , page 23) commands.
379 This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to edit the
380 raw current message as it's present in the mail folder. After you have fin-
381 ished editing, the changed message will be appended to the current folder, and
382 the original message will be marked for deletion.
384 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt-
\b-t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
386 (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus; ^T on
389 This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type to fix,
390 for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked from the index or
391 from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit the top-level attachment's
392 content type. On the _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.2 , page 53), you can
393 change any attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get
394 lost upon changing folders.
396 Note that this command is also available on the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.3 ,
397 page 53). There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
400 e
\ben
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\br-
\b-c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
403 This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a config-
404 uration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or in con-
405 junction with _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) to change settings on the fly.
407 e
\bex
\bxt
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt-
\b-k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
410 This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged message(s) and
411 adds them to your PGP public key ring.
413 f
\bfo
\bor
\brg
\bge
\bet
\bt-
\b-p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsp
\bph
\bhr
\bra
\bas
\bse
\be
416 This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you mis-
417 spelled the passphrase.
419 l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt-
\b-r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
422 Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
424 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 9
426 match the regular expressions given by the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\bo_
\br _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 ,
427 page 24) commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the
428 _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.88 , page 85) configuration variable is set.
429 Using this when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid dupli-
430 cate copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.
432 p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
435 Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged message(s) to
436 it. The variables _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.200 , page 113), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
437 (section 6.3.202 , page 114), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.201 , page 114) and
438 _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.332 , page 145) control the exact behavior of this
441 r
\bre
\bes
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
444 With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for a new
445 message. This function is best described as "recall from arbitrary folders".
446 It can conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while preserving the orig-
447 inal mail structure. Note that the amount of headers included here depends on
448 the value of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.333 , page 146) variable.
450 This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this to
451 easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message as a mes-
452 sage/rfc822 body part.
454 s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl-
\b-e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be
457 Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section
458 6.3.332 , page 145) can be used to control whether Mutt-ng will wait for a key
459 to be pressed when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the
460 output of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
462 t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
465 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.225 , page 119) variable to
466 detect quoted text when displaying the body of the message. This function tog-
467 gles the display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
468 useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
469 quoted text in the way.
471 s
\bsk
\bki
\bip
\bp-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
474 This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come after a
475 line of quoted text in the internal pager.
477 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
479 The following bindings are available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx for sending messages.
481 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 10
483 m compose compose a new message
484 r reply reply to sender
485 g group-reply reply to all recipients
486 L list-reply reply to mailing list address
487 f forward forward message
488 b bounce bounce (remail) message
489 ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
491 Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you specify. For-
492 warding a message allows you to add comments or modify the message you are for-
493 warding. These items are discussed in greater detail in the next chapter
494 _
\b`_
\b`_
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b'_
\b' (section 2.5 , page 13).
496 Mutt-ng will then enter the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu and prompt you for the recipients to
497 place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask you for the ``Subject:''
498 field for the message, providing a default if you are replying to or forwarding
499 a message. See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc (section 6.3.10 , page 67), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc (section
500 6.3.9 , page 66), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _
\b$_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
501 6.3.20 , page 69), and _
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.60 , page 78) for changing
502 how Mutt-ng asks these questions.
504 Mutt-ng will then automatically start your _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.55 , page 77)
505 on the message body. If the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable
506 is set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor. Any mes-
507 sages you are replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
508 appropriate _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68), _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section
509 6.3.109 , page 90) and _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.212 , page 116).
510 When forwarding a message, if the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 , page 97)
511 variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you
512 have specified a _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.259 , page 127), it will be appended
515 Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are returned
516 to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu. The following options are available:
518 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 11
520 a attach-file attach a file
521 A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
522 ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
523 d edit-description edit description on attachment
524 D detach-file detach a file
525 t edit-to edit the To field
526 ESC f edit-from edit the From field
527 r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
528 c edit-cc edit the Cc field
529 b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
530 y send-message send the message
531 s edit-subject edit the Subject
532 S smime-menu select S/MIME options
533 f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
534 p pgp-menu select PGP options
535 P postpone-message postpone this message until later
536 q quit quit (abort) sending the message
537 w write-fcc write the message to a folder
538 i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
539 ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
541 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to attach mes-
542 sages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they will be attached
543 to the message you are sending. Note that certain operations like composing a
544 new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted when you are in that
545 folder. The %r in _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.305 , page 138) will change to a
546 'A' to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
548 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
550 When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple of special
555 Fcc: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
557 Mutt-ng will pick up _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be just as if you had used the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc function in
558 the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
560 You can also attach files to your message by specifying
562 Attach: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
564 where _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is the file to attach and _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn is an optional string to
565 use as the description of the attached file.
567 When replying to messages, if you remove the _
\bI_
\bn_
\b-_
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo_
\b: field from the header
568 field, Mutt-ng will not generate a _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\b: field, which allows you to cre-
569 ate a new message thread.
571 Also see _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77).
573 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 12
575 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bP_
\bG_
\bP
577 If you want to use PGP, you can specify
579 Pgp: [ E | S | S_
\b<_
\bi_
\bd_
\b> ]
581 ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key, setting
582 _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.192 , page 112) permanently.
584 If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you through a key
585 selection process when you try to send the message. Mutt-ng will not ask you
586 any questions about keys which have a certified user ID matching one of the
587 message recipients' mail addresses. However, there may be situations in which
588 there are several keys, weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching
591 In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from which you
592 can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find any matching keys,
593 you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as usually, abort this prompt using
594 ^G. When you do so, mutt will return to the compose screen.
596 Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message will be
597 encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
599 Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
600 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.179 , page 109)) have obvious meanings. But some explana-
601 tions on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
603 The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
605 R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
606 X The key is expired and can't be used.
607 d You have marked the key as disabled.
608 c There are unknown critical self-signature
611 The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence representing a
612 key's capabilities. The first character gives the key's encryption capabili-
613 ties: A minus sign (-
\b-) means that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot
614 (.
\b.) means that it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
615 also be used for encryption. The letter e
\be indicates that this key can be used
618 The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once again, a
619 ``-
\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.
\b.'' implies that the key is marked as an
620 encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s
\bs'' denotes a key which can be
623 Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-id is. A
624 question mark (?
\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus character (-
\b-) marks an
625 untrusted association, a space character means a partially trusted association,
626 and a plus character (+
\b+) indicates complete validity.
628 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 13
630 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bn_
\by_
\bm_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\b.
632 You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an anonymous
633 remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages anonymously using a
634 chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is for mixmaster version 2.04
635 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03. It does not support earlier ver-
636 sions or the later so-called version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be
639 To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important, you can-
640 not use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt-ng to use mixmaster, you have to
641 select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the compose menu.
643 The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger) upper
644 part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower part, you see the
645 currently selected chain of remailers.
647 You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next functions,
648 which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and to the h and l keys
649 (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain posi-
650 tion, use the insert function. To append a remailer behind the current chain
651 position, use select-entry or append. You can also delete entries from the
652 chain, using the corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes,
653 leave the menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
655 Note that different remailers do have different capabilities, indicated in the
656 %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.139 ,
657 page 98)). Most important is the ``middleman'' capability, indicated by a cap-
658 ital ``M'': This means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the
659 final element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other mixmaster
660 remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please have a look at the
661 mixmaster documentation.
663 _
\b2_
\b._
\b5 _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
665 Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients that you
666 specify. Bouncing a message uses the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.247 , page 124)
667 command to send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
668 original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to
669 modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding your own com-
672 The following keys are bound by default:
674 f forward forward message
675 b bounce bounce (remail) message
677 Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new message's
678 body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME attachment,
679 depending on the value of the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 , page 97) vari-
680 able. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be controlled by the
681 _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.69 , page 81) and _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section
683 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 14
685 6.3.137 , page 98) variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may
686 depend on the content, therefore _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd is a quadoption which, for exam-
687 ple, can be set to ``ask-no''.
689 The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
690 (section 6.3.333 , page 146) variable, unless _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 ,
693 Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or reply-
694 ing to a message does.
696 _
\b2_
\b._
\b6 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
698 At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have already begun
699 to compose. When the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function is used in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu,
700 the body of your message and attachments are stored in the mailbox specified by
701 the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.214 , page 117) variable. This means that you can
702 recall the message even if you exit Mutt-ng and then restart it at a later
705 Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
706 command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be a new message
707 from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br you will be prompted if postponed messages exist. If
708 multiple messages are currently postponed, the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd menu will pop up and
709 you can select which message you would like to resume.
711 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the message is
712 only updated when you actually finish the message and send it. Also, you must
713 be in the same folder with the message you replied to for the status of the
714 message to be updated.
716 See also the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.213 , page 116) quad-option.
718 _
\b2_
\b._
\b7 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP
720 If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt-ng can read news from
721 newsserver via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-news-
722 group'' (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR envi-
723 ronment variable. Like other news readers, info about subscribed newsgroups is
724 saved in file by _
\b$_
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc (section 6.3.156 , page 103) variable. Article
725 headers are cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup entered instead
726 loading from newsserver.
728 _
\b3_
\b. _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
730 While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng usable right
731 out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt-ng to suit your own
732 tastes. When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt to read the ``system''
733 configuration file (defaults set by your local system administrator), unless
734 the ``-n'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62) option is specified. This
735 file is typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng
736 users will find this file in /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc.
737 Mutt will next look for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng
739 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 15
741 will look for .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory
742 has a subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named .muttng/muttngrc.
744 .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually place
745 your _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page 62) to configure Mutt-ng.
747 In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that are parsed
748 instead of the default files as explained above. For instance, if your system
749 has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system configuration directory, and you are run-
750 ning version 0.88 of mutt, this file will be sourced instead of the Muttngrc
751 file. The same is true of the user configuration file, if you have a file
752 .muttrc-0.88.6 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it
753 will source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version number
754 is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page
755 62) switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
757 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
759 An initialization file consists of a series of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page
760 62). Each line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
761 commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
763 set realname='Mutt-ng user' ; ignore x-
765 The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' character. You
766 can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment
767 character to the end of the line is ignored. For example,
769 my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
771 Single quotes (') and double quotes (') can be used to quote strings which con-
772 tain spaces or other special characters. The difference between the two types
773 of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs, namely that a sin-
774 gle quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is not interpreted for
775 shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double
776 quotes indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example, backtics
777 are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n
\bno
\bot
\bt for single quotes.
779 \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh. For exam-
780 ple, if want to put quotes ``''' inside of a string, you can use ``\'' to force
781 the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted character.
783 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
785 ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and ``\r'' have
786 their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return, respectively.
788 A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple lines,
789 provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of command names.
791 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 16
793 Please note that, unlike the various shells, mutt-ng interprets a ``\'' at the
794 end of a line also in comments. This allows you to disable a command split over
795 multiple lines with only one ``#''.
798 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
800 When testing your config files, beware the following caveat. The backslash at
801 the end of the commented line extends the current line with the next line -
802 then referred to as a ``continuation line''. As the first line is commented
803 with a hash (#) all following continuation lines are also part of a comment and
804 therefore are ignored, too. So take care of comments when continuation lines
805 are involved within your setup files!
815 line1 ``continues'' until line4. however, the part after the # is a comment
816 which includes line3 and line4. line5 is a new line of its own and thus is
819 It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an initial-
820 ization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in backquotes
823 my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
825 The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before the line
826 is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line oriented, only the
827 first line of output from the Unix command will be substituted.
829 UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells like sh and
830 bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For example,
832 set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
834 The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs. For a
835 complete list, see the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.2 , page 62).
837 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b/_
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
839 Usage: alias _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
841 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 17
843 It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone you
844 are communicating with. Mutt-ng allows you to create ``aliases'' which map a
845 short string to a full address.
847 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more than one
848 address), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt separate the addresses with a comma (``,'').
850 To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
852 unalias [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\b._
\b._
\b. ]
854 alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
855 alias theguys manny, moe, jack
857 Unlike other mailers, Mutt-ng doesn't require aliases to be defined in a spe-
858 cial file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a configuration file, as
859 long as this file is _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\bd (section 3.26 , page 32). Consequently, you can
860 have multiple alias files, or you can have all aliases defined in your muttrc.
862 On the other hand, the _
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 2.3.4 , page 7) function can use
863 only one file, the one pointed to by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65)
864 variable (which is ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in
865 the sense that Mutt-ng will happily append aliases to any file, but in order
866 for the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section
867 3.26 , page 32) this file too.
871 source /usr/local/share/Mutt-ng.aliases
872 source ~/.mail_aliases
873 set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
875 To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where mutt
876 prompts for addresses, such as the _
\bT_
\bo_
\b: or _
\bC_
\bc_
\b: prompt. You can also enter
877 aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
878 (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable set.
880 In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character to
881 expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches, mutt
882 will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be presented with
883 the full list of aliases, you must hit tab with out a partial alias, such as at
884 the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
886 In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the _
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b-
887 _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by key (default: RET), and use the _
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt key (default: q) to return to the
890 _
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs
892 Usage: bind _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
894 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 18
896 This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation invoked
897 when pressing a key).
899 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be speci-
900 fied by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is allowed). The
901 currently defined maps are:
904 This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the
905 other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not
906 defined in another menu, Mutt-ng will look for a binding to use in
907 this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain function in
908 multiple menus instead of having multiple bind statements to accom-
912 The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in
913 your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full
914 email address(es) of the recipient(s).
917 The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received
921 The browser is used for both browsing the local directory struc-
922 ture, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
925 The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
928 The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
931 The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
934 The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and
938 The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for encrypting
942 The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
943 recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.
945 _
\bk_
\be_
\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a control char-
946 acter, use the sequence _
\b\_
\bC_
\bx, where _
\bx is the letter of the control character
947 (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca''). Note that the case of _
\bx as
949 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 19
951 well as _
\b\_
\bC is ignored, so that _
\b\_
\bC_
\bA, _
\b\_
\bC_
\ba, _
\b\_
\bc_
\bA and _
\b\_
\bc_
\ba are all equivalent. An
952 alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit octal number prefixed
953 with a ``\'' (for example _
\b\_
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 is equivalent to _
\b\_
\bc_
\b?).
955 In addition, _
\bk_
\be_
\by may consist of:
969 <backspace> Backspace
978 <f10> function key 10
980 _
\bk_
\be_
\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space (`` '').
982 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn specifies which action to take when _
\bk_
\be_
\by is pressed. For a complete
983 list of functions, see the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 147). The special
984 function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
986 _
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bs
988 Usage: charset-hook _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
990 Usage: iconv-hook _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
992 The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This is useful
993 to properly display messages which are tagged with a character set name not
996 The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character set.
997 This is helpful when your systems character conversion library insists on using
998 strange, system-specific names for character sets.
1000 _
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1002 Usage: folder-hook [!]_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1004 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 20
1006 It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are read-
1007 ing. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute any
1008 configuration command. _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp is a regular expression specifying in which
1009 mailboxes to execute _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd before loading. If a mailbox matches multiple
1010 folder-hook's, they are executed in the order given in the muttrc.
1012 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.295 , page
1013 136) at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or
1014 single quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator for the
1017 Note that the settings are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt restored when you leave the mailbox. For exam-
1018 ple, a command action to perform is to change the sorting method based upon the
1021 folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
1023 However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when reading
1024 a different mailbox. To specify a _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt command, use the pattern ``.'':
1026 folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
1028 _
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\bK_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs
1030 Usage: macro _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
1032 Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
1033 actions. When you press _
\bk_
\be_
\by in menu _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, Mutt-ng will behave as if you had
1034 typed _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands you type, you can
1035 create a macro to execute those commands with a single key.
1037 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu is the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp (section 3.3 , page 17) which the macro will be bound. Multi-
1038 ple maps may be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
1039 Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the commas sepa-
1042 _
\bk_
\be_
\by and _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are expanded by the same rules as the _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1043 3.3 , page 17). There are some additions however. The first is that control
1044 characters in _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be can also be specified as _
\b^_
\bx. In order to get a caret
1045 (`^'') you need to use _
\b^_
\b^. Secondly, to specify a certain key such as _
\bu_
\bp or to
1046 invoke a function directly, you can use the format _
\b<_
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> and _
\b<_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1047 _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b>. For a listing of key names see the section on _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1048 3.3 , page 17). Functions are listed in the _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
1051 The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will work
1052 regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on the user
1053 having particular key definitions. This makes them more robust and portable,
1054 and also facilitates defining of macros in files used by more than one user
1055 (eg. the system Muttngrc).
1057 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 21
1059 Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be, which is shown in
1062 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are silently
1063 truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
1065 _
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo _
\bv_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bo _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
1067 Usage: color _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1069 Usage: color index _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1071 Usage: uncolor index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1073 If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt-ng by creating your own
1074 color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of information), you must
1075 specify both a foreground color a
\ban
\bnd
\bd a background color (it is not possible to
1076 only specify one or the other).
1078 _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt can be one of:
1082 +
\bo body (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the body of messages)
1084 +
\bo bold (highlighting bold patterns in the body of messages)
1086 +
\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt-ng)
1088 +
\bo header (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the message header)
1090 +
\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
1092 +
\bo index (match _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn in the message index)
1094 +
\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)
1096 +
\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)
1098 +
\bo message (informational messages)
1102 +
\bo quoted (text matching _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.225 , page 119) in the
1105 +
\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN
\bN (higher levels of quoting)
1107 +
\bo search (highlighting of words in the pager)
1111 +
\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)
1113 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 22
1115 +
\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
1117 +
\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
1119 +
\bo underline (highlighting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
1121 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can be one of the following:
1143 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make the fore-
1144 ground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
1146 If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt can be used as a
1147 transparent color. The value _
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt is also valid. If Mutt-ng is
1148 linked against the _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library, you also need to set the _
\bC_
\bO_
\bL_
\bO_
\bR_
\bF_
\bG_
\bB_
\bG environ-
1149 ment variable to the default colors of your terminal for this to work; for
1150 example (for Bourne-like shells):
1152 set COLORFGBG="green;black"
1155 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library requires you to use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\by and _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bn keywords
1156 instead of _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bt_
\be and _
\by_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw when setting this variable.
1158 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It removes
1159 entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the same pattern specified in the color
1160 command for it to be removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means
1161 to clear the color index list of all entries.
1163 Mutt-ng also recognizes the keywords _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b0, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b1, ..., _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\brN
\bN-
\b-1
\b1 (N
\bN being the
1164 number of colors supported by your terminal). This is useful when you remap
1165 the colors for your display (for example by changing the color associated with
1166 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b2 for your xterm), since color names may then lose their normal meaning.
1168 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 23
1170 If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
1171 attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
1173 Usage: mono _
\b<_
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b> _
\b<_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\b> [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1175 Usage: mono index _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1177 Usage: unmono index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1179 where _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be is one of the following:
1191 _
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\bI_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\b(_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bw_
\ba_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1193 Usage: [un]ignore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1195 Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
1196 or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows you
1197 to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see.
1199 You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example, ``ignore
1200 content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern ``con-
1201 tent-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
1203 To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore'' command.
1204 The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt-ng display headers with the given pat-
1205 tern. For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is possible to ``unignore x-
1208 ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
1212 # Sven's draconian header weeding
1214 unignore from date subject to cc
1215 unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
1218 _
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
1220 Usage: [un]alternates _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1222 With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently, depending on
1224 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 24
1226 whether you sent them or whether you received them from someone else. For
1227 instance, when replying to a message that you sent to a different party, mutt
1228 will automatically suggest to send the response to the original message's
1229 recipients -- responding to yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See
1230 _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.233 , page 121).)
1232 Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To fully use
1233 mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize what e-mail
1234 addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of the alternates command:
1235 It takes a list of regular expressions, each of which can identify an address
1236 under which you receive e-mail.
1238 The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates pat-
1239 terns. If an address matches something in an alternates command, but you none-
1240 theless do not think it is from you, you can list a more precise pattern under
1241 an unalternates command.
1243 To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the unalternates
1244 command with exactly the same _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. Likewise, if the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for a alternates
1245 command matches an entry on the unalternates list, that unalternates entry will
1246 be removed. If the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for unalternates is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs on alternates
1249 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
1251 Usage: [un]lists _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1253 Usage: [un]subscribe _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1255 Mutt-ng has a few nice features for _
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 4.9 , page
1256 44). In order to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses
1257 belong to mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
1258 you have done this, the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 2.3.4 , page 8) function will work
1259 for all known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
1260 list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users' mail user
1261 agents not to send copies of replies to your personal address. Note that the
1262 Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not supported by
1263 all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against receiving personal
1264 CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To
1265 header is controlled by the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.66 , page 80) configura-
1268 More precisely, Mutt-ng maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of known
1269 and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is known. To mark
1270 a mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To mark it as subscribed,
1273 You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all messages sent
1274 to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug tracking system as list mail,
1275 for instance, you could say ``subscribe [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's
1276 sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
1278 Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For exam-
1279 ple, if you've subscribed to the Mutt-ng mailing list, you will receive mail
1281 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 25
1283 addressed to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg. So, to tell Mutt-ng that this is a mailing
1284 list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your initialization file. To tell
1285 mutt that you are subscribed to it, add ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your ini-
1286 tialization file instead. If you also happen to get mail from someone whose
1287 address is _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b._
\bc_
\bo_
\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-
1288 users@mutt\\.org'' or ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail
1289 from the actual list.
1291 The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of known and
1292 subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all tokens.
1294 To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists, but keep it
1295 on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
1297 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs
1299 Usage: mbox-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1301 This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a dif-
1302 ferent mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a
1303 regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a ``spool'' mailbox and
1304 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx specifies where mail should be saved when read.
1306 Unlike some of the other _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk commands, only the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt matching pattern is used
1307 (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single mailbox).
1309 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
1311 Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1313 This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will be checked
1314 for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar displays how many of
1315 these folders have new messages.
1317 When changing folders, pressing _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be will cycle through folders with new mail.
1319 Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the files
1320 specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain new messages.
1321 Mutt-ng will automatically enter this mode when invoked from the command line
1324 The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of folders
1325 which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all tokens.
1327 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to the last
1328 access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program which accesses
1329 the mailbox might cause Mutt-ng to never detect new mail for that mailbox if
1330 they do not properly reset the access time. Backup tools are another common
1331 reason for updated access times.
1333 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the command is
1334 executed, so if these names contain _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 4.8 , page
1335 44) (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these char-
1336 acters (like _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.64 , page 79) and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
1338 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 26
1340 6.3.295 , page 136)) should be executed before the mailboxes command.
1342 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1346 my_hdr _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1348 unmy_hdr _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
1350 The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields which will
1351 be added to every message you send.
1353 For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header field to all
1354 of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
1356 my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
1360 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: space characters are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt allowed between the keyword and the colon
1361 (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that space is illegal
1362 there, so Mutt-ng enforces the rule.
1364 If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should either
1365 set the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable, or use the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-
1366 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can edit the
1367 header of your message along with the body.
1369 To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command. You may
1370 specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or the fields to
1371 remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc'' header fields, you could
1376 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs
1378 Usage: hdr_order _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b3
1380 With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt to
1381 present headers to you when viewing messages.
1383 ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list, thus
1384 removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.
1386 hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
1388 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 27
1390 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1392 Usage: save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1394 This command is used to override the default filename used when saving mes-
1395 sages. _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be will be used as the default filename if the message is _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b:
1396 an address matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp or if you are the author and the message is
1397 addressed _
\bt_
\bo_
\b: something matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
1399 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1400 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1404 save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
1405 save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
1407 Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) command.
1409 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1411 Usage: fcc-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1413 This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
1414 (section 6.3.230 , page 120). Mutt-ng searches the initial list of message
1415 recipients for the first matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp and uses _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx as the default Fcc:
1416 mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section
1417 6.3.230 , page 120) mailbox.
1419 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1420 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1422 Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
1424 The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to the
1425 `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 ,
1428 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
1430 Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1432 This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
1433 3.16 , page 27) and a _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) with its arguments.
1435 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1437 Usage: reply-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1439 Usage: send-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1441 Usage: send2-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1443 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 28
1445 These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
1446 upon recipients of the message. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression matching the
1447 desired address. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed when _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp matches recipients of the
1450 reply-hook is matched against the message you are _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg t
\bto
\bo, instead of the
1451 message you are _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. send-hook is matched against all messages, both _
\bn_
\be_
\bw
1452 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bs. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: reply-hooks are matched b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be the send-hook, r
\bre
\beg
\bga
\bar
\brd
\bdl
\ble
\bes
\bss
\bs of
1453 the order specified in the users's configuration file.
1455 send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by editing it, or
1456 by using the compose menu to change its recipients or subject. send2-hook is
1457 executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the
1458 _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.247 , page 124) variable depending on the message's
1461 For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur, commands
1462 are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc (for that type of
1465 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1466 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1468 Example: send-hook mutt 'set mime_forward signature='''
1470 Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\b-
1471 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68), _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.259 , page 127) and
1472 _
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.114 , page 93) variables in order to change the language
1473 of the attributions and signatures based upon the recipients.
1475 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial list of
1476 recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the message will NOT
1477 cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that my_hdr commands which mod-
1478 ify recipient headers, or the message's subject, don't have any effect on the
1479 current message when executed from a send-hook.
1481 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1483 Usage: message-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1485 This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands before
1486 viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\b-
1487 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches the message to be displayed. When mul-
1488 tiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in
1491 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1492 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1496 message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
1497 message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
1499 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 29
1501 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bC_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
1503 Usage: crypt-hook _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bi_
\bd
1505 When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a cer-
1506 tain key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the recipi-
1507 ent's public key can't be deduced from the destination address, or because, for
1508 some reasons, you need to override the key Mutt-ng would normally use. The
1509 crypt-hook command provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the
1510 public key to be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
1512 The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You can either
1513 put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even just a real name.
1515 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs _
\bt_
\bo _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\be_
\br
1517 Usage: push _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1519 This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string may con-
1520 tain control characters, key names and function names like the sequence string
1521 in the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) command. You may use it to automatically
1522 run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering certain folders.
1524 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bE_
\bx_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1526 Usage: exec _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
1528 This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed in the
1529 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 147). ``exec function'' is equivalent
1530 to ``push <function>''.
1532 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1534 Usage: score _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
1536 Usage: unscore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1538 The score commands adds _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be to a message's score if _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches it. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
1539 _
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a string in the format described in the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page
1540 36) section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information not
1541 available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used). _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be is a
1542 positive or negative integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all
1543 matching score entries. However, you may optionally prefix _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be with an equal
1544 sign (=) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is a match.
1545 Negative final scores are rounded up to 0.
1547 The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the
1548 same pattern specified in the score command for it to be removed. The pattern
1549 ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the list of all score entries.
1551 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bS_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm _
\bd_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1553 Usage: spam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1555 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 30
1557 Usage: nospam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1559 Mutt-ng has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By defining
1560 your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh,
1561 and _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
1562 filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index display using
1563 the %H selector in the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90) variable.
1564 (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags only when they are defined for a
1567 Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using the
1568 spam command. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn should be a regular expression that matches a header in a
1569 mail message. If any message in the mailbox matches this regular expression, it
1570 will receive a ``spam tag'' or ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a
1571 nospam pattern -- see below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up
1572 to you, and is governed by the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt parameter. _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt can be any static text,
1573 but it also can include back-references from the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn expression. (A regular
1574 expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression contained within
1575 parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-reference in the regex, %2
1576 with the second, etc.
1578 If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than one spam-
1579 related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter you use. If a mes-
1580 sage matches two or more of these patterns, and the $spam_separator variable is
1581 set to a string, then the message's spam tag will consist of all the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1582 strings joined together, with the value of $spam_separator separating them.
1584 For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might define
1585 these spam settings:
1587 spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
1588 spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
1589 spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
1590 set spam_separator=", "
1592 If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits under the
1593 ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a 97% probability of
1594 being spam, that message's spam tag would read 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four
1595 characters before ``=many'' in a DCC report indicate the checksum used -- in
1596 this case, ``Fuz2''.)
1598 If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match super-
1599 sedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt strings, you'll get
1600 only the last one to match.
1602 The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in the
1603 $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-matching
1604 expression matches against for _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh and _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt functions. And it's what sort-
1605 ing by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
1607 That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual environments will
1608 have only one spam filter. The simpler your configuration, the more effective
1609 mutt can be, especially when it comes to sorting.
1611 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 31
1613 Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _
\bl_
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by -- that is, by
1614 ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins with a number,
1615 mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only when two numbers are equal
1616 in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A message with no spam attributes at
1617 all -- that is, one that didn't match _
\ba_
\bn_
\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at
1618 lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward.
1619 Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
1620 ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective when you can
1621 coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case you can't, mutt can
1622 still do something useful.
1624 The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns. If a
1625 header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you nonetheless do not
1626 want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more precise pattern under a
1629 If the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn on an exist-
1630 ing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry from the spam list,
1631 instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for a spam command
1632 matches an entry on the nospam list, that nospam entry will be removed. If the
1633 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for nospam is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs _
\bo_
\bn _
\bb_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs will be removed. This
1634 might be the default action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a
1637 You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can even do your
1638 own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example, if you consider all
1639 mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a spam command like this:
1641 spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
1643 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1645 Usage: set [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1647 Usage: toggle _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1649 Usage: unset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1651 Usage: reset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1653 This command is used to set (and unset) _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3 ,
1654 page 65). There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
1655 quadoption. _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables can be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (true) or _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (false). _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br
1656 variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
1658 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters. _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs must
1659 be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You may also use the
1660 ``C'' escape sequences \
\b\n
\bn and \
\b\t
\bt for newline and tab, respectively.
1662 _
\bq_
\bu_
\ba_
\bd_
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted for cer-
1663 tain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause the
1664 action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered yes to the
1666 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 32
1668 question. Similarly, a value of _
\bn_
\bo will cause the the action to be carried out
1669 as if you had answered ``no.'' A value of _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause a prompt with a
1670 default answer of ``yes'' and _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
1672 Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set noaskbcc.
1674 For _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with inv to
1675 toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing macros. Example:
1678 The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all specified vari-
1681 The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all specified vari-
1684 Using the enter-command function in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu, you can query the value of
1685 a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question mark:
1689 The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption vari-
1692 The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time defaults
1693 (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command set and prefix the
1694 variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as the reset command.
1696 With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'', which allows
1697 you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
1699 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
1701 Usage: source _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1703 This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from other files.
1704 For example, I place all of my aliases in ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my
1705 ~/.muttrc readable and keep my aliases private.
1707 If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to the path of
1708 your home directory.
1710 If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is considered to be
1711 an executable program from which to read input (eg. source ~/bin/myscript|).
1713 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be_
\bs _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by
1715 Usage: ifdef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1717 Usage: ifndef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1719 These commands allow testing for a variable, function or certain feature being
1721 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 33
1723 available or not respectively, before actually executing the command given.
1725 ifdef (short for ``if defined'') only executes the command upon availability
1726 while ifndef (short for ``if not defined'') does if not. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd may be any
1727 valid fraction of a configuration file.
1729 All names of variables, functions and menus may be tested. Additionally, the
1730 following compile-features may be tested when prefixed with 'feature_':
1731 ncurses, slang, iconv, idn, dotlock, standalone, pop, nntp, imap, ssl, gnutls,
1732 sasl, sasl2, libesmtp, compressed, color, classic_pgp, classic_smime, gpgme,
1733 header_cache, gdbm, qdbm and db4.
1737 To only source a file with IMAP related settings if IMAP support is compiled
1740 ifdef feature_imap 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1742 # ifdef imap_user 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1746 To exit mutt-ng directly if no NNTP support is compiled in:
1748 ifndef feature_nntp 'push q'
1750 # ifndef newsrc 'push q'
1754 To only set the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.99 , page 88) variable if the
1755 system's mutt-ng is aware of it, use:
1757 ifdef imap_mail_check 'set imap_mail_check=500'
1759 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bR_
\be_
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
1761 Usage: unhook [ * | _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ]
1763 This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined. You can
1764 either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an argument, or you
1765 can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying something like unhook send-
1768 _
\b4_
\b. _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1770 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bR_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1772 All string patterns in Mutt-ng including those in more complex _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
1774 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 34
1776 (section 4.2 , page 36) must be specified using regular expressions (regexp)
1777 in the ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used by
1778 egrep and GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a brief
1779 description of this syntax.
1781 The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper case
1782 letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\'' must be quoted if used
1783 for a regular expression in an initialization command: ``\\''.
1785 A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings. Regular
1786 expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic expressions, by using
1787 various operators to combine smaller expressions.
1789 Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either ' or '
1790 which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space character.
1791 See _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 3.1 , page 14) for more informa-
1792 tion on ' and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal ' or ' you must pref-
1793 ace it with \ (backslash).
1795 The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match a single
1796 character. Most characters, including all letters and digits, are regular
1797 expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with special meaning may
1798 be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.
1800 The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and the dollar
1801 sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the empty string at the
1802 beginning and end of a line.
1804 A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single character
1805 in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret ``^'' then it
1806 matches any character n
\bno
\bot
\bt in the list. For example, the regular expression
1807 [
\b[0
\b01
\b12
\b23
\b34
\b45
\b56
\b67
\b78
\b89
\b9]
\b] matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be
1808 specified by giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''.
1809 Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside lists. To include a lit-
1810 eral ``]'' place it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^''
1811 place it anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
1814 Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes consist
1815 of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The following classes are
1816 defined by the POSIX standard:
1819 Alphanumeric characters.
1822 Alphabetic characters.
1825 Space or tab characters.
1830 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 35
1836 Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is print-
1837 able, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
1840 Lower-case alphabetic characters.
1843 Printable characters (characters that are not control characters.)
1846 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
1847 control characters, or space characters).
1850 Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few).
1853 Upper-case alphabetic characters.
1856 Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
1858 A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the brackets of
1859 a character list. Note that the brackets in these class names are part of the
1860 symbolic names, and must be included in addition to the brackets delimiting the
1861 bracket list. For example, [
\b[[
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]]
\b] is equivalent to [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b].
1863 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to
1864 non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating ele-
1865 ments) that are represented with more than one character, as well as several
1866 characters that are equivalent for collating or sorting purposes:
1869 A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed
1870 in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a collating ele-
1871 ment, then [
\b[[
\b[.
\b.c
\bch
\bh.
\b.]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that matches this collating ele-
1872 ment, while [
\b[c
\bch
\bh]
\b] is a regexp that matches either ``c'' or ``h''.
1875 An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of char-
1876 acters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[='' and
1877 ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to represent all
1878 of ``'' ``'' and ``e''. In this case, [
\b[[
\b[=
\b=e
\be=
\b=]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that
1879 matches any of ``'', ``'' and ``e''.
1881 A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one of sev-
1882 eral repetition operators:
1885 The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
1887 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 36
1890 The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
1893 The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
1896 The preceding item is matched exactly _
\bn times.
1899 The preceding item is matched _
\bn or more times.
1902 The preceding item is matched at most _
\bm times.
1905 The preceding item is matched at least _
\bn times, but no more than _
\bm
1908 Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular expression
1909 matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings that respectively
1910 match the concatenated subexpressions.
1912 Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the result-
1913 ing regular expression matches any string matching either subexpression.
1915 Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes precedence
1916 over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in parentheses to
1917 override these precedence rules.
1919 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you compile Mutt-ng with the GNU _
\br_
\bx package, the following operators
1920 may also be used in regular expressions:
1923 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
1927 Matches the empty string within a word.
1930 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
1933 Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
1936 Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or under-
1940 Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
1942 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 37
1945 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
1948 Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
1950 Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so they may
1951 or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.
1953 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
1955 Many of Mutt-ng's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match (limit, tag-
1956 pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to select messages:
1958 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 38
1961 ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
1962 ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
1963 ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
1964 ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
1966 ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
1968 ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
1970 ~f USER messages originating from USER
1971 ~g cryptographically signed messages
1972 ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
1973 ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
1974 ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
1975 ~k message contains PGP key material
1976 ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
1977 ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
1978 ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
1979 ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
1980 ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
1983 ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
1984 ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
1985 ~Q messages which have been replied to
1987 ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
1988 ~S superseded messages
1989 ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
1991 ~t USER messages addressed to USER
1993 ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
1994 ~V cryptographically verified messages
1995 ~w EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `Newsgroups' field
1996 (if compiled with NNTP support)
1997 ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
1998 ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
1999 ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
2000 ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
2001 ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
2002 ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
2003 address (excluded are addresses matching against
2004 alternates or any alias)
2006 Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.1 , page
2007 33). Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside of
2008 patterns. Specifically, Mutt-ng's parser for these patterns will strip one
2009 level of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting. If it is your
2010 intention to use a backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use
2011 two backslashes instead (\\).
2013 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 39
2015 *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
2017 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\br
2019 Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and t) match
2020 if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to make sure that
2021 all elements of that list match, you need to prefix your pattern with ^. This
2022 example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.
2026 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\bx _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
2028 Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For example:
2032 would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of recipients
2033 a
\ban
\bnd
\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header field.
2035 Mutt-ng also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search
2038 +
\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
2040 +
\bo | -- logical OR operator
2042 +
\bo () -- logical grouping operator
2044 Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
2045 select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the ``To'' or ``Cc'' field
2046 and which are from ``elkins''.
2048 !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
2050 Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note the ' and
2051 ' delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must match the ``^Junk
2052 +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim +Somebody'' or ``Ed +Some-
2055 '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
2057 Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a vertical bar
2058 ("|"), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes since those
2059 characters are also used to separate different parts of Mutt-ng's pattern lan-
2062 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 40
2064 ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
2066 Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be separated to
2067 two OR'd patterns: _
\b~_
\bf _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\b(_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b\_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg and _
\bc_
\bs_
\b\_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b\_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu_
\b). They are never what you
2070 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bb_
\by _
\bD_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
2072 Mutt-ng supports two types of dates, _
\ba_
\bb_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bu_
\bt_
\be and _
\br_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be.
2074 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bso
\bol
\blu
\but
\bte
\be. Dates m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are optional,
2075 defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a valid range of
2078 Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
2080 If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'', all mes-
2081 sages _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the maximum (second)
2082 date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br the given date will be
2083 selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (``-''), only messages
2084 sent on the given date will be selected.
2086 E
\bEr
\brr
\bro
\bor
\br M
\bMa
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bns
\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error margin
2087 is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the following
2095 As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character, which is
2096 equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
2098 Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001, you'd use
2099 the following pattern:
2101 Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
2103 R
\bRe
\bel
\bla
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may be speci-
2106 +
\bo >_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages older than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2108 +
\bo <_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages newer than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2110 +
\bo =_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages exactly _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units old)
2112 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 41
2114 _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following units:
2121 Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
2123 Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
2125 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\bl time zone, so
2126 unless you change the setting of your _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page
2127 90) to include a %[...] format, these are n
\bno
\bot
\bt the dates shown in the main
2130 _
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bT_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
2132 Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of messages all at
2133 once rather than one at a time. An example might be to save messages to a
2134 mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete all messages with a given sub-
2135 ject. To tag all messages matching a pattern, use the tag-pattern function,
2136 which is bound to ``shift-T'' by default. Or you can select individual mes-
2137 sages by hand using the ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by
2138 default. See _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36) for Mutt-ng's pattern matching
2141 Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-prefix'' oper-
2142 ator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default. When the ``tag-prefix''
2143 operator is used, the n
\bne
\bex
\bxt
\bt operation will be applied to all tagged messages if
2144 that operation can be used in that manner. If the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg (section 6.3.16 ,
2145 page 69) variable is set, the next operation applies to the tagged messages
2146 automatically, without requiring the ``tag-prefix''.
2148 In _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) or _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) commands,
2149 you can use the ``tag-prefix-cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages,
2150 mutt will "eat" the rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt-ng will
2151 stop "eating" the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after
2152 this operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
2154 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2156 A _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to execute
2157 arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example, you may wish
2158 to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are reading, or to
2159 whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt-ng world, a _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk consists of a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br
2160 _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) along
2161 with a configuration option/command. See
2163 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19)
2165 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 42
2167 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27)
2169 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28)
2171 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26)
2173 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)
2175 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)
2177 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27)
2179 for specific details on each type of _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk available.
2181 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain effective
2182 until the end of the current mutt session. As this is generally not desired, a
2183 default hook needs to be added before all other hooks to restore configuration
2184 defaults. Here is an example with send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
2186 send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
2187 send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
2189 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2191 Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-hook) are
2192 evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other types of hooks, a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\b-
2193 _
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) is sufficient. But in dealing with
2194 messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching since for different
2195 purposes you want to match different criteria.
2197 Mutt-ng allows the use of the _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) language
2198 for matching messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as
2199 it would when _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg or _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg the mailbox, except that you are restricted
2200 to those operators which match information mutt extracts from the header of the
2201 message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject, etc.).
2203 For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending mail
2204 to a specific address, you could do something like:
2206 send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt-ng User <user@host>'
2208 which would execute the given command when sending mail to _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\bc_
\bs_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu.
2210 However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the full
2211 searching language. You can still specify a simple _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn like the
2212 other hooks, in which case Mutt-ng will translate your pattern into the full
2213 language, using the translation specified by the _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2214 6.3.45 , page 75) variable. The pattern is translated at the time the hook is
2215 declared, so the value of _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 6.3.45 , page 75) that is in
2216 effect at that time will be used.
2218 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 43
2220 _
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br
2222 The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a mailbox listing
2223 which looks very similar to the ones you probably know from GUI mail clients.
2224 The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes, shows the number in each and high-
2225 lights the ones with new email Use the following configuration commands:
2227 set sidebar_visible="yes"
2228 set sidebar_width=25
2230 If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
2238 You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
2240 color sidebar_new red black
2241 color sidebar white black
2243 The available functions are:
2245 sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
2246 sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
2247 sidebar-next Highlights the next mailbox
2248 sidebar-next-new Highlights the next mailbox with new mail
2249 sidebar-previous Highlights the previous mailbox
2250 sidebar-open Opens the currently highlighted mailbox
2252 Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
2254 bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
2255 bind index \Cn sidebar-next
2256 bind index \Cb sidebar-open
2257 bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
2258 bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
2259 bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
2261 macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2262 macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2264 You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch on and
2265 off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
2267 _
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\bE_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\bQ_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs
2269 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 44
2271 Mutt-ng supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP,
2272 ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt using a
2273 simple interface. Using the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.221 , page 118) vari-
2274 able, you specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
2276 set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
2278 The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It should
2279 return a one line message, then each matching response on a single line, each
2280 line containing a tab separated address then name then some other optional
2281 information. On error, or if there are no matching addresses, return a non-
2282 zero exit code and a one line error message.
2284 An example multiple response output:
2286 Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
2287 me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
2288 blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
2289 roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
2291 There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt. One is to
2292 do a query from the index menu using the query function (default: Q). This
2293 will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will list the
2294 matching responses. From the query menu, you can select addresses to create
2295 aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses to mail, start a new
2296 query, or have a new query appended to the current responses.
2298 The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address completion,
2299 similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address entry, you can use
2300 the complete-query function (default: ^T) to run a query based on the current
2301 address you have typed. Like aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed
2302 back to the last space or comma. If there is a single response for that query,
2303 mutt will expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
2304 will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one or more
2305 addresses to be added to the prompt.
2307 _
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bs
2309 Mutt-ng supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats: mbox,
2310 MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so there is no need to
2311 use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new mailboxes, Mutt-ng
2312 uses the default specified with the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.125 , page 95)
2315 m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All messages are
2316 stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the form:
2318 From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
2320 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 45
2322 to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
2325 M
\bMM
\bMD
\bDF
\bF. This is a variant of the _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx format. Each message is surrounded by
2326 lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
2328 M
\bMH
\bH. A radical departure from _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx and _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF, a mailbox consists of a directory
2329 and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename indicates the mes-
2330 sage number (however, this is may not correspond to the message number Mutt-ng
2331 displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a comma (,) prepended to the file-
2332 name. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt detects this type of mailbox by looking for either
2333 .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
2336 M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a replace-
2337 ment for sendmail). Similar to _
\bM_
\bH, except that it adds three subdirectories of
2338 the mailbox: _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\bc_
\bu_
\br. Filenames for the messages are chosen in such a
2339 way they are unique, even when two programs are writing the mailbox over NFS,
2340 which means that no file locking is needed.
2342 _
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs
2344 There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
2345 These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
2348 +
\bo ! -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.295 , page 136) (incoming)
2351 +
\bo > -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.124 , page 95) file
2353 +
\bo < -- refers to your _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.230 , page 120) file
2355 +
\bo ^ -- refers to the current mailbox
2357 +
\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
2359 +
\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
2361 +
\bo = or + -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.64 , page 79) directory
2363 +
\bo @_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs -- refers to the _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.15 , page 26) as
2364 determined by the address of the alias
2366 _
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
2368 Mutt-ng has a few configuration options that make dealing with large amounts of
2369 mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt know what addresses
2370 you consider to be mailing lists (technically this does not have to be a mail-
2371 ing list, but that is what it is most often used for), and what lists you are
2372 subscribed to. This is accomplished through the use of the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be
2373 (section 3.10 , page 24) commands in your muttrc.
2375 Now that Mutt-ng knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several things,
2377 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 46
2379 the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list through which you
2380 received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu display.
2381 This is useful to distinguish between personal and list mail in the same mail-
2382 box. In the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90) variable, the escape
2383 ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when ``list'' appears in the ``To''
2384 field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it
2385 returns the name of the author).
2387 Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend to get
2388 quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of the message they
2389 are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more copies being sent to that
2390 person. The ``list-reply'' function, which by default is bound to ``L'' in the
2391 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the known
2392 mailing list addresses instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-
2393 Followup-To, see below).
2395 Mutt-ng also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a message to
2396 a list of recipients which includes one or several subscribed mailing lists,
2397 and if the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.66 , page 80) option is set, mutt will
2398 generate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the recipients to whom
2399 you send this message, but not your address. This indicates that group-replies
2400 or list-replies (also known as ``followups'') to this message should only be
2401 sent to the original recipients of the message, and not separately to you -
2402 you'll receive your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed
2405 Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which has a Mail-
2406 Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
2407 (section 6.3.88 , page 85) configuration variable is set. Using list-reply
2408 will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the mailing list, even
2409 if it's not specified in the list of recipients in the Mail-Followup-To.
2411 Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-Followup-To
2412 header manually. Mutt-ng will only auto-generate this header if it doesn't
2413 exist when you send the message.
2415 The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a ``Reply-To''
2416 field which points back to the mailing list address rather than the author of
2417 the message. This can create problems when trying to reply directly to the
2418 author in private, since most mail clients will automatically reply to the
2419 address given in the ``Reply-To'' field. Mutt-ng uses the _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section
2420 6.3.233 , page 121) variable to help decide which address to use. If set to
2421 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you will be prompted as to whether or not you would like to
2422 use the address given in the ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the
2423 address given in the ``From'' field. When set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field
2424 will be used when present.
2426 The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing lists or
2427 list subject matter (or just to annotate messages individually). The
2428 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90) variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y'' escapes
2429 can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and Mutt-ng's pattern-
2430 matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:'' fields with the `` y''
2431 selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard message header field, but it can eas-
2432 ily be inserted by procmail and other mail filtering agents.
2434 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 47
2436 Lastly, Mutt-ng has the ability to _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.289 , page 134) the mail-
2437 box into _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 2.3.3 , page 7). A thread is a group of messages
2438 which all relate to the same subject. This is usually organized into a tree-
2439 like structure where a message and all of its replies are represented graphi-
2440 cally. If you've ever used a threaded news client, this is the same concept.
2441 It makes dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily
2442 delete uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
2444 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2446 Mutt-ng has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken
2447 either by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some correspondents. This
2448 allows to clean your mailboxes formats) from these annoyances which make it
2449 hard to follow a discussion.
2451 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b1 _
\bL_
\bi_
\bn_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2453 Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and "Refer-
2454 ences:" headers when replying to a message. This results in broken discussions
2455 because Mutt-ng has not enough information to guess the correct threading. You
2456 can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent message and using
2457 the ``link-threads'' function (bound to & by default). The reply will then be
2458 connected to this "parent" message.
2460 You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the tag-
2461 prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
2463 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b2 _
\bB_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2465 On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new discussion
2466 by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and changing the subject to a
2467 totally unrelated one. You can fix such threads by using the ``break-thread''
2468 function (bound by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from
2469 the current message into a whole different thread.
2471 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b(_
\bD_
\bS_
\bN_
\b) _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2473 RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information about the
2474 status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as ``return
2475 receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some command line options in
2476 which the mail client can make requests as to what type of status messages
2479 To support this, there are two variables. _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by (section 6.3.51 , page
2480 76) is used to request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
2481 message delivered, etc.). _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn (section 6.3.52 , page 76) requests how
2482 much of your message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full mes-
2483 sage). Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
2485 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bP_
\bO_
\bP_
\b3 _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2487 If Mutt-ng was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2488 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with mailboxes located on a
2489 remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local browsing.
2491 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 48
2493 You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
2496 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2497 pop://popserver:port/.
2499 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: pop://user-
2500 name@popserver[:port]/.
2502 Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this reason
2503 the frequency at which Mutt-ng will check for mail remotely can be controlled
2504 by the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.208 , page 115) variable, which defaults
2505 to every 60 seconds.
2507 If Mutt-ng was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2508 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be encrypted. This natu-
2509 rally requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a
2510 folder with POP3/SSL, you should use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[user-
2511 name@]popserver[:port]/.
2513 Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _
\bf_
\be_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\b-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl function (default: G).
2514 It allows to connect to _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (section 6.3.206 , page 115), fetch all your
2515 new mail and place it in the local _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.295 , page 136).
2516 After this point, Mutt-ng runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
2518 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you should con-
2519 sider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
2521 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2523 If Mutt-ng was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2524 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with folders located on a
2527 You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
2528 imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP server and
2529 INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the IMAP server. If you
2530 want to access another mail folder at the IMAP server, you should use
2531 imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where path/to/folder is the path of the folder
2534 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2535 imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
2537 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: imap://user-
2538 name@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
2540 If Mutt-ng was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2541 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be encrypted. This natu-
2542 rally requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a
2543 folder with IMAP/SSL, you should use imaps://[user-
2544 name@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder path.
2546 Pine-compatible notation is also supported, i.e.
2548 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 49
2550 {[username@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
2552 Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt-ng should
2553 correctly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert paths
2556 When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look at only
2557 the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
2558 command. See also the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.97 , page 87) vari-
2561 Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
2562 want to carefully tune the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.99 , page 88) and
2563 _
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.318 , page 142) variables.
2565 Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
2566 v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
2567 selects the same folder.
2569 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
2571 As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server. This is
2572 mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following differences:
2574 +
\bo Instead of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP", possibly
2575 followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry contains both mes-
2576 sages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain
2577 both messages and subfolders.
2579 +
\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and subfolders, the
2580 selection key (bound to enter by default) will choose to descend into the
2581 subfolder view. If you wish to view the messages in that folder, you must
2582 use view-file instead (bound to space by default).
2584 +
\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-mailbox,
2585 delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default bindings: C, d and r,
2586 respectively). You may also subscribe and unsubscribe to mailboxes (nor-
2587 mally these are bound to s and u, respectively).
2589 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
2591 Mutt-ng supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL, GSSAPI,
2592 CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add NTLM authentica-
2593 tion for you poor exchange users out there, but it has yet to be integrated
2594 into the main tree). There is also support for the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS,
2595 which allows you to log in to a public IMAP server without having an account.
2596 To use ANONYMOUS, simply make your username blank or "anonymous".
2598 SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
2599 (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure method
2600 available on your host and the server. Using some of these methods (including
2601 DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be encrypted and
2602 invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best option if you have
2603 it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system
2605 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 50
2607 and compile mutt with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bs_
\bl flag.
2609 Mutt-ng will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server,
2610 in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.
2612 There are a few variables which control authentication:
2614 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.105 , page 89) - controls the username under
2615 which you request authentication on the IMAP server, for all authentica-
2616 tors. This is overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (i.e.
2617 by using a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
2619 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs (section 6.3.100 , page 88) - a password which you may preset,
2620 used by all authentication methods where a password is needed.
2622 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.91 , page 85) - a colon-delimited list
2623 of IMAP authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
2624 If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in the
2625 order listed above).
2627 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\ba_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP_
\b/_
\bP_
\bO_
\bP _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2629 If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers, you may
2630 find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and error-prone.
2631 The account-hook command may help. This hook works like folder-hook but is
2632 invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox (including inside the folder
2633 browser), not just when you open the mailbox.
2637 account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
2638 account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
2639 account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
2641 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt _
\ba _
\bW_
\bW_
\bW _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bn _
\bU_
\bR_
\bL_
\bs _
\b(_
\bE_
\bX_
\bT_
\bE_
\bR_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2643 If a message contains URLs (_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br = address in the WWW space
2644 like _
\bh_
\bt_
\bt_
\bp_
\b:_
\b/_
\b/_
\bw_
\bw_
\bw_
\b._
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg_
\b/), it is efficient to get a menu with all the URLs and
2645 start a WWW browser on one of them. This functionality is provided by the
2646 external urlview program which can be retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/con-
2647 trib/ and the configuration commands:
2649 macro index \cb |urlview\n
2650 macro pager \cb |urlview\n
2652 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2654 If Mutt-ng was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\b-
2655 _
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd flag), Mutt can open folders stored in
2656 an arbitrary format, provided that the user has a script to convert from/to
2657 this format to one of the accepted.
2659 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 51
2661 The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with gzip.
2663 In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an accepted
2664 format and appends its context to the folder in the user-defined format, which
2665 may be faster than converting the entire folder to the accepted format, append-
2666 ing to it and converting back to the user-defined format.
2668 There are three hooks defined (_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50), _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-
2669 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) and _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51))
2670 which define commands to uncompress and compress a folder and to append mes-
2671 sages to an existing compressed folder respectively.
2675 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2676 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2677 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2679 You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (sec-
2680 tion 4.16.3 , page 51), the folder will be open and closed again each time you
2681 will add to it. If you omit _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) (or give
2682 empty command) , the folder will be open in the mode. If you specify _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2683 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) though you'll be able to append to the folder.
2685 Note that Mutt-ng will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of the
2686 accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt supposes it is not
2687 compressed. This is important because it allows the use of programs that do not
2688 have well defined extensions. Just use '.' as a regexp. But this may be sur-
2689 prising if your compressing script produces empty files. In this situation,
2690 unset _
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (section 6.3.240 , page 123), so that the compressed file
2691 will be removed if you delete all of the messages.
2693 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\be_
\bn _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
2695 Usage: open-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2697 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders whose names
2698 match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
2700 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should accept two
2701 parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed) folder name, and %t
2702 which is replaced with the name of the temporary folder to which to write.
2704 %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string, and all of
2705 the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name. In addition, %% is
2706 replaced by %, as in printf, and any other %anything is left as is.
2708 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the original compressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should
2709 return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2713 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 52
2715 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2717 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type.
2719 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bW_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2721 Usage: close-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2723 This is used to close the folder that was open with the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2724 4.16.1 , page 50) command after some changes were made to it.
2726 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the folders
2727 whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2728 4.16.1 , page 50) command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder previ-
2729 ously produced by the <_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) command.
2731 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2732 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2736 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2738 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type, and the
2739 file can only be open in the readonly mode.
2741 _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) is not called when you exit from the
2742 folder if the folder was not changed.
2744 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bt_
\bo _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2746 Usage: append-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2748 This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
2749 is the command that can be used for appending to the folders whose names match
2750 _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50)
2751 command. The temporary folder in this case contains the messages that are
2754 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2755 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2759 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2761 When _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is used, the folder is not opened,
2762 which saves time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type
2763 is. Thus the default (_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.125 , page 95)) type is always
2765 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 53
2767 supposed (i.e. this is the format used for the temporary folder).
2769 If the file does not exist when you save to it, _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 ,
2770 page 51) is called, and not _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51). _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2771 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is only for appending to existing folders.
2773 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type. In this
2774 case, the folder will be open and closed again (using _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2775 4.16.1 , page 50) and _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51)respectively) each
2776 time you will add to it.
2778 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
2780 The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted folders. If
2781 you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use the following hooks:
2783 open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
2784 close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
2786 Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted folder, so
2787 there is no append-hook defined.
2789 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory, where it
2790 can be read by your system administrator. So think about the security aspects
2793 _
\b5_
\b. _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg_
\b'_
\bs _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2795 Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt-ng the premier text-mode MIME
2796 MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that the discern-
2797 ing MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards wherever possible.
2798 When configuring Mutt-ng for MIME, there are two extra types of configuration
2799 files which Mutt-ng uses. One is the mime.types file, which contains the map-
2800 ping of file extensions to IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file,
2801 which specifies the external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
2803 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt
2805 There are three areas/menus in Mutt-ng which deal with MIME, they are the pager
2806 (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose menu.
2808 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bi_
\bn _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
2810 When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, Mutt decodes
2811 the message to a text representation. Mutt-ng internally supports a number of
2812 MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched, message/rfc822, and mes-
2813 sage/news. In addition, the export controlled version of Mutt-ng recognizes a
2814 variety of PGP MIME types, including PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
2816 Mutt-ng will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them. These
2817 lines are of the form:
2819 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 54
2821 [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
2822 [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
2824 Where the Description is the description or filename given for the attachment,
2825 and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-printable/base64/binary.
2827 If Mutt-ng cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
2829 [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
2831 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bA_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2833 The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the attachment
2834 menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of the attachments in
2835 a message. From the attachment menu, you can save, print, pipe, delete, and
2836 view attachments. You can apply these operations to a group of attachments at
2837 once, by tagging the attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You
2838 can also reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
2839 attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply. You can
2840 view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer definition.
2842 Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
2843 (section 2.3.4 , page 9), and the reply and forward functions) to attachments
2844 of type message/rfc822.
2846 See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
2848 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2850 The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It allows you
2851 to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects of your message. It
2852 also contains a list of the attachments of your message, including the main
2853 body. From this menu, you can print, copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose,
2854 review, and rename an attachment or a list of tagged attachments. You can also
2855 modifying the attachment information, notably the type, encoding and descrip-
2858 Attachments appear as follows:
2860 - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
2861 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
2863 The '-' denotes that Mutt-ng will delete the file after sending (or postponing,
2864 or canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the toggle-unlink command
2865 (default: u). The next field is the MIME content-type, and can be changed with
2866 the edit-type command (default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the
2867 attachment, which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on
2868 7bit links. It can be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E).
2869 The next field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
2870 megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with the
2871 rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the description of the
2873 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 55
2875 attachment, and can be changed with the edit-description command (default: d).
2877 _
\b5_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bT_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b._
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
2879 When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt-ng searches your personal
2880 mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system mime.types file at
2881 /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
2883 The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space sepa-
2884 rated list of extensions. For example:
2886 application/postscript ps eps
2888 audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
2890 A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt-ng distribution, and should con-
2891 tain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
2893 If Mutt-ng can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file you
2894 attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary information,
2895 Mutt-ng will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it as text/plain. If
2896 the file contains binary information, then Mutt-ng will mark it as applica-
2897 tion/octet-stream. You can change the MIME type that Mutt-ng assigns to an
2898 attachment by using the edit-type command from the compose menu (default: ^T).
2899 The MIME type is actually a major mime type followed by the sub-type, separated
2900 by a '/'. 6 major types: application, text, image, video, audio, and model have
2901 been approved after various internet discussions. Mutt-ng recognises all of
2902 these if the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also recog-
2903 nises other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in
2904 the molecular modelling community to pass molecular data in various forms to
2905 various molecular viewers. Non-recognised mime types should only be used if the
2906 recipient of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.
2908 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2910 Mutt-ng supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix specific
2911 format specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format is commonly
2912 referred to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant programs utilize the
2913 mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling for all MIME types in one
2914 place for all programs. Programs known to use this format include Netscape,
2915 XMosaic, lynx and metamail.
2917 In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt-ng can not handle internally,
2918 Mutt-ng parses a series of external configuration files to find an external
2919 handler. The default search string for these files is a colon delimited list
2922 ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
2924 where $HOME is your home directory.
2926 In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file, usually
2928 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 56
2930 as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline entries.
2932 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bB_
\ba_
\bs_
\bi_
\bc_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
2934 A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank, or def-
2937 A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you want.
2939 A blank line is blank.
2941 A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any number of
2942 optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided by a semicolon ';'
2945 The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype method. For
2946 example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In addition, the mailcap for-
2947 mat includes two formats for wildcards, one using the special '*' subtype, the
2948 other is the implicit wild, where you only include the major type. For exam-
2949 ple, image/*, or video, will match all image types and video types, respec-
2952 The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified. There are
2953 two different types of commands supported. The default is to send the body of
2954 the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can change this behavior by using
2955 %s as a parameter to your view command. This will cause Mutt-ng to save the
2956 body of the MIME message to a temporary file, and then call the view command
2957 with the %s replaced by the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt-ng
2958 will turn over the terminal to the view program until the program quits, at
2959 which time Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
2961 So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the external
2962 pager more on stdin:
2966 Or, you could send the message as a file:
2970 Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html message:
2974 In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you must use
2975 the %s syntax. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bS_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn _
\ba _
\bb_
\bu_
\bg _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\br_
\be _
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl
2976 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\ba _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b/_
\bh_
\bt_
\bm_
\bl_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
2977 _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx_
\b, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\bu_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bc_
\ba_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bt_
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bu_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bw_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf _
\bt_
\bo
2978 _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b.
2980 On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you just
2982 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 57
2984 want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can use:
2986 text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
2988 Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on all other
2989 text formats, then you would use the following:
2994 This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
2996 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\be _
\bu_
\bs_
\be _
\bo_
\bf _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2998 The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters can
2999 lead to security problems in general. Mutt-ng tries to quote parameters in
3000 expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by substituting
3001 them, see the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be (section 6.3.117 , page 94) variable.
3003 Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be safe,
3004 there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care of it.
3005 Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:
3007 _
\bK_
\be_
\be_
\bp _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\b%_
\b-_
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bo_
\bs _
\ba_
\bw_
\ba_
\by _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b. Don't quote them with single or
3008 double quotes. Mutt-ng does this for you, the right way, as should any other
3009 program which interprets mailcap. Don't put them into backtick expansions. Be
3010 highly careful with eval statements, and avoid them if possible at all. Trying
3011 to fix broken behaviour with quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alterna-
3012 tive to correct quoting in the first place.
3014 If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need quoting or
3015 backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable and reference the
3016 shell variable where necessary, as in the following example (using $charset
3017 inside the backtick expansion is safe, since it is not itself subject to any
3020 text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
3021 && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
3023 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
3025 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
3027 In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you can add
3028 semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other options. Mutt-ng recog-
3029 nizes the following optional fields:
3032 This flag tells Mutt-ng that the command passes possibly large
3033 amounts of text on stdout. This causes Mutt-ng to invoke a pager
3035 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 58
3037 (either the internal pager or the external pager defined by the
3038 pager variable) on the output of the view command. Without this
3039 flag, Mutt-ng assumes that the command is interactive. One could
3040 use this to replace the pipe to more in the lynx -dump example in
3043 text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
3045 This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
3046 and Mutt-ng will use your standard pager to display the results.
3049 Mutt-ng uses this flag when viewing attachments with _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (sec-
3050 tion 5.4 , page 60), in order to decide whether it should honor
3051 the setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.332 , page 145) variable
3052 or not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program,
3053 and the corresponding mailcap entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl flag, Mutt-
3054 ng will use _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.332 , page 145) and the exit
3055 status of the program to decide if it will ask you to press a key
3056 after the external program has exited. In all other situations it
3057 will not prompt you for a key.
3060 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3061 of a specific MIME type. Mutt-ng supports this from the compose
3064 composetyped=<command>
3065 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3066 of a specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose
3067 command in that mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data.
3068 This can be used to specify parameters, filename, description, etc.
3069 for a new attachment. Mutt-ng supports this from the compose
3073 This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
3074 type. Mutt-ng supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
3077 This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
3078 type. Mutt-ng supports this from the compose menu, and also uses
3079 it to compose new attachments. Mutt-ng will default to the defined
3080 editor for text attachments.
3082 nametemplate=<template>
3083 This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in the
3084 command fields. Certain programs will require a certain file
3085 extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For instance,
3086 lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the file ends in
3087 .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html viewer with a
3088 line in the mailcap file like:
3090 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 59
3092 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3095 This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap
3096 entry should be used. The command is defined with the command
3097 expansion rules defined in the next section. If the command
3098 returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt-ng uses this entry. If
3099 the command returns non-zero, then the test failed, and Mutt-ng
3100 continues searching for the right entry. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3101 _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\bs _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b. For example:
3103 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3106 In this example, Mutt-ng will run the program RunningX which will
3107 return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
3108 isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt-ng will call netscape to
3109 display the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then
3110 Mutt-ng will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the
3113 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bO_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br
3115 When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt-ng will search for the
3116 most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are attempting to
3117 print an image/gif, and you have the following entries in your mailcap file,
3118 Mutt-ng will search for an entry with the print command:
3121 image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
3124 Mutt-ng will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the print
3127 In addition, you can use this with _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) to denote
3128 two commands for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the
3129 other to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
3130 can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use interactively
3131 depending on your environment.
3133 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3134 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3135 text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
3137 For _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60), Mutt-ng will choose the third entry
3138 because of the copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the
3139 program RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the program
3140 returns non-zero, Mutt-ng will use the second entry for interactive viewing.
3142 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 60
3144 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3146 The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the /bin/sh
3147 shell using the system() function. Before the command is passed to /bin/sh -c,
3148 it is parsed to expand various special parameters with information from Mutt-
3149 ng. The keywords Mutt-ng expands are:
3152 As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded to
3153 a filename specified by the calling program. This file contains
3154 the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the composing
3155 program should place the results of composition. In addition, the
3156 use of this keyword causes Mutt-ng to not pass the body of the mes-
3157 sage to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
3160 Mutt-ng will expand %t to the text representation of the content
3161 type of the message in the same form as the first parameter of the
3162 mailcap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
3165 Mutt-ng will expand this to the value of the specified parameter
3166 from the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if
3167 Your mail message contains:
3169 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
3171 then Mutt-ng will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default
3172 metamail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to
3173 spawn an xterm using the right charset to view the message.
3176 This will be replaced by a %
3178 Mutt-ng does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in RFC
3179 1524. The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart messages, which is
3180 handled internally by Mutt-ng.
3182 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3184 This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
3186 # I'm always running X :)
3187 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3188 image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
3190 # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
3191 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
3193 This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
3195 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 61
3197 # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
3198 # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
3199 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3201 # Send html to a running netscape by remote
3202 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
3204 # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
3206 text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
3208 # Else use lynx to view it as text
3211 # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
3212 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
3214 # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
3215 text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
3217 # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
3218 image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
3220 # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
3221 # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
3223 image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
3226 # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
3227 image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
3228 pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
3230 # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
3231 application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
3233 _
\b5_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
3235 In addition to explicitly telling Mutt-ng to view an attachment with the MIME
3236 viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt-ng has support for automatically view-
3237 ing MIME attachments while in the pager.
3239 To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the copi-
3240 ousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually, you also use
3241 the entry to convert the attachment to a text representation which you can view
3244 You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types that you
3245 wish to view automatically.
3247 For instance, if you set auto_view to:
3249 auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
3251 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 62
3253 Mutt-ng could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view attach-
3254 ments of these types.
3256 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
3257 image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
3258 application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
3259 application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
3260 application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
3262 ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
3263 This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc.
3264 ``unauto_view *'' will remove all previous entries.
3266 _
\b5_
\b._
\b5 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b/_
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
3268 Mutt-ng has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a multi-
3269 part/alternative type to display. First, mutt will check the alternative_order
3270 list to determine if one of the available types is preferred. The alterna-
3271 tive_order list consists of a number of MIME types in order, including support
3272 for implicit and explicit wildcards, for example:
3274 alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
3276 Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section
3277 5.4 , page 60), and use that. Failing that, Mutt-ng will look for any text
3278 type. As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows how to handle.
3280 To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the unalterna-
3283 _
\b5_
\b._
\b6 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bL_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp
3285 Mutt-ng's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not be
3286 treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to deal with
3287 binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's mime-type
3288 is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will be compared
3289 to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The mime-type associated
3290 with this extension will then be used to process the attachment according to
3291 the rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration options
3292 (such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
3294 mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
3296 In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature for
3297 any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example, in a global muttrc.
3299 _
\b6_
\b. _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3301 _
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
3303 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 63
3305 Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt-ng attempt to read your spool
3306 mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to send messages
3307 from the command line as well.
3310 -a attach a file to a message
3311 -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
3312 -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
3313 -D print the value of all variables on stdout
3314 -e specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read
3315 -f specify a mailbox to load
3316 -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
3317 -h print help on command line options
3318 -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
3319 -i specify a file to include in a message composition
3320 -m specify a default mailbox type
3321 -n do not read the system Muttngrc
3322 -p recall a postponed message
3323 -Q query a configuration variable
3324 -R open mailbox in read-only mode
3325 -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
3326 -v show version number and compile-time definitions
3327 -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
3328 -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
3329 -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
3330 -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
3332 To read messages in a mailbox
3334 mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -m _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ] [ -f _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx ]
3336 To compose a new message
3338 mutt [ -n ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -a _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ] [ -c _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ] [ -i _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ] [ -s _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\b-
3339 _
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt ] _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3341 Mutt-ng also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply redi-
3342 rect input from the file you wish to send. For example,
3344 mutt -s 'data set for run #2' professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
3346 This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a subject
3347 of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will be the contents of
3348 the file ``~/run2.dat''.
3350 _
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs
3352 The following are the commands understood by mutt.
3354 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.14 , page 49) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3356 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 64
3358 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
3360 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by ... ]
3362 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3364 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) [ * | _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3366 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3368 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3370 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3372 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3374 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3376 +
\bo _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3378 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3380 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3382 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3384 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3386 +
\bo _
\be_
\bx_
\be_
\bc (section 3.22 , page 29) _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
3388 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3390 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3392 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3394 +
\bo _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3396 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3398 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bv_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3400 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3402 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3404 +
\bo _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3406 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3408 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
3410 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs (section 3.12 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
3412 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 65
3414 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3416 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3418 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3420 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3422 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3424 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3426 +
\bo _
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3428 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
3430 +
\bo _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3432 +
\bo _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.20 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b-_
\bi_
\bd
3434 +
\bo _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3436 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3438 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3440 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
3442 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3444 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3446 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section , page ) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3448 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3450 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3452 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3454 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3456 +
\bo _
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
3458 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3460 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3462 +
\bo _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3464 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.28 , page 33) _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3466 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3468 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 66
3470 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
3476 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the subject
3477 prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, composing messages with no
3478 subject given at the subject prompt will never be aborted.
3480 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
3486 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the message
3487 body if no changes are made to the file (this check only happens after the
3488 _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt edit of the file). When set to _
\bn_
\bo, composition will never be aborted.
3490 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3494 Default: '~/.muttngrc'
3496 The default file in which to save aliases created by the ``_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (sec-
3497 tion 2.3.4 , page 7)'' function.
3499 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must explicitly use
3500 the ``_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32)'' command for it to be executed.
3502 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3506 Default: '%4n %2f %t %-10a %r'
3508 Specifies the format of the data displayed for the ``alias'' menu. The follow-
3509 ing printf(3)-style sequences are available:
3515 flags - currently, a 'd' for an alias marked for deletion
3521 address which alias expands to
3523 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 67
3526 character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
3528 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt
3534 Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either quoted-printable
3535 or base64 encoding when sending mail.
3537 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi
3543 Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich text mes-
3544 sages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes are rare, but if
3545 this option is set, their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this may
3546 override your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a mes-
3547 sage could include a line like ``[-- PGP output follows ...' and give it the
3548 same color as your attachment color.
3550 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\br
3556 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry in menus
3557 instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem links this
3558 will make response faster because there is less that has to be redrawn on the
3559 screen when moving to the next or previous entries in the menu.
3561 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bc_
\bi_
\bi_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
3567 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread and
3568 attachment trees, instead of the default ACS characters.
3570 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
3576 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients before
3577 editing an outgoing message.
3579 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 68
3581 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc
3587 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before editing
3588 the body of an outgoing message.
3590 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3596 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for mes-
3597 sages without character encoding indication. Header field values and message
3598 body content without character encoding indication would be assumed that they
3599 are written in one of this list. By default, all the header fields and message
3600 body without any charset indication are assumed to be in us-ascii.
3602 For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
3604 set assumed_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
3606 However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This variable
3607 is valid only if _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.308 , page 140) is unset.
3609 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3613 Default: '%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] '
3615 This variable describes the format of the ``attachment'' menu. The following
3616 printf(3)-style sequences are understood:
3622 requires charset conversion (n or c)
3631 MIME Content-Transfer-Encoding: header field
3636 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 69
3639 MIME Content-Disposition: header field (I=inline, A=attachment)
3657 graphic tree characters
3660 unlink (=to delete) flag
3663 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
3666 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
3668 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
3674 The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving, printing, pip-
3675 ing, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
3677 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
3683 If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when operating (saving, printing, piping, etc) on a
3684 list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the attachments and will
3685 operate on them as a single attachment. The ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.13 ,
3686 page 68)'' separator is added after each attachment. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
3687 operate on the attachments one by one.
3689 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3693 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 70
3695 Default: 'On %d, %n wrote:'
3697 This is the string that will precede a message which has been included in a
3698 reply. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section
3699 on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90)''.
3701 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
3707 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, functions in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu which affect a message will be applied to
3708 all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you must first use the
3709 ``tag-prefix'' function (default: ';') to make the next function apply to all
3712 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
3718 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt along with ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'', Mutt-ng will
3719 skip the initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
3720 of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
3721 editing the body of your message.
3723 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.60 , page 78)''.
3725 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp
3731 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
3733 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3739 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a message noti-
3740 fying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the ``_
\b$_
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp (sec-
3741 tion 6.3.18 , page 69)'' variable.
3743 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3749 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 71
3751 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs
3752 you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message. Setting this variable to
3753 _
\bn_
\bo is not generally useful, and thus not recommended, because you are unable to
3756 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bd
3762 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include Delivered-To: header fields
3763 when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this variable.
3765 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bb_
\br_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\by
3771 When this variable is set, mutt will place the cursor at the beginning of the
3772 current line in menus, even when the arrow_cursor variable is unset, making it
3773 easier for blind persons using Braille displays to follow these menus. The
3774 option is disabled by default because many visual terminals don't permit making
3775 the cursor invisible.
3777 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3781 Default: '~/.mutt_certificates'
3783 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
3785 This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are saved.
3786 When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if you accept it or
3787 not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be saved in this file and fur-
3788 ther connections are automatically accepted.
3790 You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server certificate
3791 that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automatically
3794 Example: set certificate_file=~/.muttng/certificates
3796 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3802 Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
3804 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 72
3806 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3812 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this option only affects _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br and _
\bM_
\bH style mailboxes.
3814 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is open.
3815 Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite some time since it
3816 involves scanning the directory and checking each file to see if it has already
3817 been looked at. If it's _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no check for new mail is performed while the
3820 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
3826 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread mes-
3829 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3833 Default: '-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-'
3835 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the ``compose'' menu. This
3836 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.305 , page 138)'', but has
3837 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
3840 total number of attachments
3846 approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
3849 Mutt-ng version string
3851 See the text describing the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.305 , page 138)''
3852 option for more information on how to set ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.27 ,
3855 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3861 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 73
3863 When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this encoding.
3865 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
3871 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to an
3874 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
3880 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a mail-
3881 box which does not yet exist before creating it.
3883 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
3889 Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after this
3890 many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative value
3891 causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection to succeed.
3893 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3897 Default: 'text/plain'
3899 Sets the default Content-Type: header field for the body of newly composed mes-
3902 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by
3908 This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages will be
3909 saved for later references. Also see ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.230 , page
3910 120)'', ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'', ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
3911 6.3.68 , page 81)'' and ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)''.
3913 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b4 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3917 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 74
3921 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP encrypt out-
3922 going messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
3923 command. It can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when encryption is not
3924 required or signing is requested as well. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section
3925 6.3.277 , page 131)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME
3926 messages and settings can be overridden by use of the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto
3929 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b5 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
3935 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable PGP
3936 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3937 6.3.34 , page 72)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'',
3938 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3939 6.3.39 , page 74)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.277 , page 131)''.
3941 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b6 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3947 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to cryptographically
3948 sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when
3949 signing is not required or encryption is requested as well. If
3950 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.277 , page 131)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is
3951 used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of
3952 the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
3954 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b7 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
3960 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable S/MIME
3961 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3962 6.3.34 , page 72)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'',
3963 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3964 6.3.39 , page 74)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.277 , page 131)''.
3966 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b8 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3972 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
3974 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 75
3976 encrypted. (Crypto only)
3978 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b9 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3984 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are signed.
3986 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a
\ban
\bnd
\bd signed! (Crypto
3989 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b0 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
3995 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
3996 encrypted. This makes sense in combination with ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3997 6.3.38 , page 73)'', because it allows you to sign all messages which are
3998 automatically encrypted. This works around the problem noted in
3999 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.39 , page 74)'', that Mutt-ng is not able to
4000 find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
4002 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b1 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp
4008 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or
4009 S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are using col-
4010 ors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this setting.
4013 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b2 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\bm_
\be
4019 This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4020 and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for S/MIME and PGP
4021 will be used instead of the classic code.
4023 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: You need to use this option in your .muttngrc configuration file as it
4024 won't have any effect when used interactively.
4026 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b3 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg
4030 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 76
4034 If ``_
\by_
\be_
\bs'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk'', ask
4035 whether or not to verify the signature. If ``_
\bn_
\bo'', never attempt to verify
4036 cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
4038 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b4 _
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4042 Default: '!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z'
4044 This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d'' sequence in
4045 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90)''. This is passed to strftime(3)
4046 to process the date.
4048 Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month and week
4049 day names are expanded according to the locale specified in the variable
4050 ``_
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.114 , page 93)''. If the first character in the string
4051 is a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the rest
4052 of the string are expanded in the _
\bC locale (that is in US English).
4054 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b5 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
4058 Default: '~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)'
4060 This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and fcc-hooks
4061 will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp, instead of
4062 a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are declared, so a hook
4063 will be interpreted according to the value of this variable at the time the
4064 hook is declared. The default value matches if the message is either from a
4065 user matching the regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from
4066 address matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
4069 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b6 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
4075 Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or synchroniz-
4076 ing a mailbox. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, messages marked for deleting will automatically
4077 be purged without prompting. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, messages marked for deletion will
4078 be kept in the mailbox.
4080 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b7 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
4086 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 77
4088 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them for dele-
4089 tion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message, or when you
4090 save it to another folder.
4092 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b8 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be
4098 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not show the
4099 subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts,
4100 press 'v' on that menu.
4102 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b9 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br
4108 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message is
4109 viewed it is passed as standard input to _
\b$_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.49 ,
4110 page 76), and the filtered message is read from the standard output.
4112 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b0 _
\bd_
\bo_
\bt_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm
4116 Default: '/opt/freebsd4/mutt-ng/bin/muttng_dotlock'
4118 Availability: Standalone and Dotlock
4120 Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock(1) binary to be used by Mutt-ng.
4122 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b1 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
4128 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4131 This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The string
4132 consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more of the follow-
4133 ing: _
\bn_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br, to never request notification, _
\bf_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bu_
\br_
\be, to request notification on
4134 transmission failure, _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\by, to be notified of message delays, _
\bs_
\bu_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, to be
4135 notified of successful transmission.
4137 Example: set dsn_notify='failure,delay'
4139 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b2 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn
4143 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 78
4147 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4150 This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN messages.
4151 It may be set to either _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs to return just the message header, or _
\bf_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl to
4152 return the full message.
4154 Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
4156 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b3 _
\bd_
\bu_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
4162 This variable controls whether Mutt-ng, when sorting by threads, threads mes-
4163 sages with the same Message-Id: header field together. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
4164 indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign
4165 in the thread diagram.
4167 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b4 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4173 This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages along with
4174 the body of your message.
4176 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b5 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
4182 This variable specifies which editor is used by Mutt-ng. It defaults to the
4183 value of the $VISUAL, or $EDITOR, environment variable, or to the string 'vi'
4184 if neither of those are set.
4186 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b6 _
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4192 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain the
4193 string ``From '' (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line. Useful
4194 to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to do
4197 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b7 _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
4199 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 79
4205 Availability: SSL or NSS
4207 The file which includes random data that is used to initialize SSL library
4210 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b8 _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4216 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be sender from the
4217 ``From:'' header field. Note that this information is passed to the sendmail
4218 command using the ``-f' command line switch, so don't set this option if you
4219 are using that switch in _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.247 , page 124) yourself, or
4220 if the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
4222 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b9 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be
4228 Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
4230 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b0 _
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
4236 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped when reply-
4237 ing to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is skipped when forwarding
4240 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this variable has no effect when the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.17 , page
4241 69)'' variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
4243 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
4249 This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages are
4250 saved along with the main body of your message.
4252 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br
4256 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 80
4260 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and unsigned, even
4261 when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed. (PGP only)
4263 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b3 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4269 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for text
4270 file attatchments. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.24 , page 70) value will
4271 be used instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
4272 Japanese text handling:
4274 set file_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
4276 Note: ``iso-2022-*'' must be put at the head of the value as shown above if
4279 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b4 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4285 Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A ``+'' or ``='' at the
4286 beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this variable. Note
4287 that if you change this variable from the default value you need to make sure
4288 that the assignment occurs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be you use ``+'' or ``='' for any other vari-
4289 ables since expansion takes place during the ``set'' command.
4291 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b5 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4295 Default: '%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f'
4297 This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your personal
4298 taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page
4299 90)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
4305 date/time folder was last modified
4313 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 81
4316 group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
4319 number of hard links
4322 N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
4328 * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
4331 owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
4334 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
4337 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
4339 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b6 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4345 Controls whether or not the Mail-Followup-To: header field is generated when
4346 sending mail. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when you are replying
4347 to a known mailing list, specified with the ``subscribe'' or ``_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section
4348 3.10 , page 24)'' commands or detected by common mailing list headers.
4350 This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving duplicate
4351 copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing lists. Second, ensuring
4352 that you do get a reply separately for any messages sent to known lists to
4353 which you are not subscribed. The header will contain only the list's address
4354 for subscribed lists, and both the list address and your own email address for
4355 unsubscribed lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to
4356 a subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address, resulting in
4357 two copies of the same email for you.
4359 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b7 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4365 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it causes Mutt-ng to check for new mail when the _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt command
4366 is invoked. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will just list all mailboxes which are
4367 already known to have new mail.
4369 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 82
4371 Also see the following variables: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.318 , page 142)'',
4372 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.115 , page 93)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
4373 6.3.99 , page 88)''.
4375 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b8 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4381 This variable is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'',
4382 except that Mutt-ng will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username
4383 of the address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
4385 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.230 , page 120)'' variable.
4387 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b9 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
4393 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
4394 a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded. This variable is only
4395 used, if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, otherwise
4396 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.137 , page 98)'' is used instead.
4398 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b0 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
4404 Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message. When
4405 _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This variable is only used
4406 if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 , page 97)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
4407 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.137 , page 98)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. (PGP only)
4409 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
4415 This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically placed in the
4416 editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want to forward with no
4417 modification, use a setting of _
\bn_
\bo.
4419 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4425 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 83
4427 This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message. It uses
4428 the same format sequences as the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90)''
4431 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b3 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be
4437 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message (when
4438 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt) will be quoted using
4439 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.109 , page 90)''.
4441 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b4 _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4443 Type: e-mail address
4447 This variable contains a default from address. It can be overridden using
4448 my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.236 , page
4449 122)''. This variable is ignored if ``_
\b$_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.327 , page
4452 E.g. you can use send-hook Mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de 'my_hdr From: Foo Bar
4453 <foo@bar.fb>' when replying to the mutt-ng developer's mailing list and Mutt-ng
4454 takes this email address.
4456 Defaults to the contents of the environment variable $EMAIL.
4458 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b5 _
\bg_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bs_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
4460 Type: regular expression
4464 A regular expression used by Mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a password
4465 entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular expression is set to
4466 ``^[^,]*'' which will return the string up to the first ``,'' encountered. If
4467 the GECOS field contains a string like 'lastname, firstname' then you should
4468 do: set gecos_mask='.*'.
4470 This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-mail to
4471 user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If Mutt-ng expands stevef to
4472 ``Franklin'' stevef@foo.bar then you should set the gecos_mask to a regular
4473 expression that will match the whole name so Mutt-ng will expand ``Franklin''
4474 to ``Franklin, Steve''.
4476 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b6 _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs
4482 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 84
4484 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the header fields normally added by the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 ,
4485 page 25)'' command are not created. This variable _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt before compos-
4486 ing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the user
4487 defined header fields are added to every new message.
4489 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b7 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4495 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the message you
4496 are replying to into the edit buffer. The ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.333 , page
4497 146)'' setting applies.
4499 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b8 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be
4505 Availability: Header Cache
4507 The _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.78 , page 83) variable points to the header
4510 If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.78 , page 83) points to a directory it will con-
4511 tain a header cache database per folder. If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.78 ,
4512 page 83) points to a file that file will be a single global header cache. By
4513 default it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt so no header caching will be used.
4515 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b9 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
4521 If enabled the header cache will be compressed. So only one fifth of the usual
4522 diskspace is used, but the uncompression can result in a slower open of the
4525 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b0 _
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bp
4531 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions provided
4532 by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
4534 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is bound to a
4535 sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help line may not be
4536 updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is running. Since this variable
4537 is primarily aimed at new users, neither of these should present a major
4539 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 85
4543 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b1 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
4549 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
4550 6.3.89 , page 85)'' variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This
4551 variable does not affect the generation of Message-ID: header fields, and it
4552 will not lead to the cut-off of first-level domains.
4554 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b2 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4560 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4561 limiting, in the thread tree.
4563 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b3 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4569 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in the thread
4572 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b4 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4578 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread tree that
4579 have the same subject as their parent or closest previously displayed sibling.
4581 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b5 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4587 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4588 limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\b-
4589 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.83 , page 84) is set, this option will have no effect.
4591 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b6 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4595 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 86
4599 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at the top of
4600 threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.82 ,
4601 page 84) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this option will have no effect.
4603 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b7 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
4609 This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of the string
4610 history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the variable is changed.
4612 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b8 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4618 This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To: header field is hon-
4619 ored when group-replying to a message.
4621 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b9 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4627 Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail addresses and
4628 during generation of Message-Id: headers.
4630 Please be sure to really know what you are doing when changing this variable to
4631 configure a custom domain part of Message-IDs.
4633 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4639 Affects the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function when replying to messages from
4640 mailing lists. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, if the ``Reply-To:'' header field is set to the same
4641 value as the ``To:'' header field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-To:''
4642 header field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the list, and
4643 will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing list when this
4644 option is set, use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function; _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by will reply to both the
4645 sender and the list.
4647 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
4651 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 87
4657 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
4658 use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
4659 tication methods are either ``login'' or the right side of an IMAP ``AUTH=''
4660 capability string, e.g. ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''. This param-
4661 eter is case-insensitive.
4663 If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default) Mutt-ng will try all available meth-
4664 ods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
4666 Example: set imap_authenticators='gssapi:cram-md5:login'
4668 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previ-
4669 ous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
4670 Mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
4672 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
4680 This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
4681 separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in using the '='
4682 shortcut for your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.64 , page 79) variable.
4684 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl
4690 Availability: IMAP and SSL or IMAP and GNUTLS
4692 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting to IMAP
4695 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4703 Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default headers (``DATE
4704 FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-
4705 REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL'') from IMAP servers before displaying the
4706 ``index'' menu. You may want to add more headers for spam detection.
4708 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 88
4710 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This is a space separated list.
4712 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be
4720 You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in the IMAP
4721 browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable to the IMAP path
4724 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4732 This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that Mutt-ng will
4733 wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server from closing
4734 them before Mutt-ng has finished with them.
4736 The default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30 min-
4737 utes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the RFC does get
4738 violated every now and then.
4740 Reduce this number if you find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP
4741 server due to inactivity.
4743 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
4751 This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for only sub-
4752 scribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the IMAP browser with
4753 the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd function.
4755 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
4763 Your login name on the IMAP server.
4765 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 89
4767 This variable defaults to the value of ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.105 , page
4770 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4776 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
4777 mail in IMAP folders. This is split from the ``_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.115 ,
4778 page 93)'' variable to generate less traffic and get more accurate information
4781 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
4789 Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt
4790 you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
4792 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
4793 machine, because the superuser can read your configuration even if you are the
4794 only one who can read the file.
4796 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4804 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new mail.
4805 Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP connections. This is
4806 useful if you don't want to be prompted to user/password pairs on Mutt-ng invo-
4807 cation, or if opening the connection is slow.
4809 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\be_
\be_
\bk
4817 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever you
4818 fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing, but can make
4819 closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option exists to appease speed
4822 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 90
4824 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4832 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server when the
4835 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bo_
\bi_
\bs_
\be
4843 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server as error
4844 messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated due to configu-
4845 ration problems on the server which are out of the users' hands, you may wish
4846 to suppress them at some point.
4848 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
4856 The name of the user whose mail you intend to access on the IMAP server.
4858 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
4860 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
4866 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the ``copiousoutput'' flag
4867 set for _
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an internal viewer defined for.
4868 If such an entry is found, Mutt-ng will use the viewer defined in that entry to
4869 convert the body part to text form.
4871 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be
4877 Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to is
4879 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 91
4881 included in your reply.
4883 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt
4889 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of the mes-
4890 sage you are replying.
4892 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4898 Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a message to
4899 which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to change this value,
4900 as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
4902 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4906 Default: '%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
4908 This variable allows you to customize the message index display to your per-
4911 ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C'' function
4912 printf(3) to format output (see the man page for more detail). The following
4913 sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
4916 address of the author
4919 reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
4922 filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
4925 the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
4929 number of characters (bytes) in the message
4932 current message number
4934 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 92
4937 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4938 mat'' converted to sender's time zone
4941 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4942 mat'' converted to the local time zone
4945 current message number in thread
4948 number of messages in current thread
4951 entire From: line (address + real name)
4954 author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
4957 spam attribute(s) of this message
4960 newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
4963 message-id of the current message
4966 number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh, and
4967 possibly IMAP folders)
4970 If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
4971 defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays 'To
4972 <list-name>', otherwise the same as %F.
4975 total number of message in the mailbox
4978 number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
4984 author's real name (or address if missing)
4987 (_O_riginal save folder) Where Mutt-ng would formerly have stashed
4988 the message: list name or recipient name if no list
4990 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 93
4993 subject of the message
4996 status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
4999 `to:' field (recipients)
5002 the appropriate character from the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.320 ,
5006 user (login) name of the author
5009 first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from
5013 name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
5016 `x-label:' field, if present
5019 `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,
5020 (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different from pre-
5021 ceding message's `x-label'.
5024 message status flags
5027 the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
5028 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5029 a leading bang disables locales
5032 the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
5033 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5034 a leading bang disables locales
5037 the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt'' is
5038 expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang dis-
5042 the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
5043 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
5045 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 94
5048 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
5051 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
5053 See also: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.320 , page 143)''.
5055 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
5061 How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
5063 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5069 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your spool mail-
5070 box to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.124 , page 95)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5071 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5073 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
5079 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, address replies to the mailing list the original message came from
5080 (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs'' or ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo''
5081 will ask if you really intended to reply to the author only.
5083 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be
5089 The locale used by strftime(3) to format dates. Legal values are the strings
5090 your system accepts for the locale variable LC_TIME.
5092 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5098 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
5101 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 95
5103 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This does not apply to IMAP mailboxes, see _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
5106 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh
5112 This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to display MIME
5113 bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
5115 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be
5121 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos to a
5122 well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting, but we are not
5123 sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
5125 D
\bDO
\bON
\bN'
\b'T
\bT C
\bCH
\bHA
\bAN
\bNG
\bGE
\bE T
\bTH
\bHI
\bIS
\bS S
\bSE
\bET
\bTT
\bTI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG U
\bUN
\bNL
\bLE
\bES
\bSS
\bS Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE R
\bRE
\bEA
\bAL
\bLL
\bLY
\bY S
\bSU
\bUR
\bRE
\bE W
\bWH
\bHA
\bAT
\bT Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE D
\bDO
\bOI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG!
\b!
5127 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
5133 Availability: Header Cache
5135 Check for Maildir unaware programs other than Mutt-ng having modified maildir
5136 files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per message
5137 every time the folder is opened.
5139 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
5145 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir (T)rashed
5146 flag instead of physically deleted.
5148 N
\bNO
\bOT
\bTE
\bE:
\b: this only applies to maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no
5149 effect on other mailbox types.
5151 It is similiar to the trash option.
5153 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\b__
\bo_
\bl_
\bd
5157 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 96
5161 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng marks _
\bn_
\be_
\bw u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd messages as _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd if you exit a
5162 mailbox without reading them.
5164 With this option _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the next time you start Mutt-ng, the messages will show
5165 up with an 'O' next to them in the ``index'' menu, indicating that they are
5168 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs
5174 Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a ``+''
5175 marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see the
5176 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp (section 6.3.263 , page 128)'' variable.
5178 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
5180 Type: regular expression
5184 A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by the _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt
5185 operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will be shown. The
5186 match is always case-sensitive.
5188 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\bg_
\bt_
\bh
5194 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the maximum line length for displaying ``format = flowed'' messages
5195 is limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means that
5196 the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and _
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
5197 (section 6.3.335 , page 146).
5199 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
5205 This specifies the folder into which read mail in your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
5206 6.3.295 , page 136)'' folder will be appended.
5208 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
5214 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 97
5216 The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of mbox,
5217 MMDF, MH and Maildir.
5219 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5225 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
5226 scrolling through menus. (Similar to ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.167 , page
5229 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bf_
\bf
5235 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past the bottom of
5236 the screen, unless there are less entries than lines. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom
5237 entry may move off the bottom.
5239 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl
5245 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt to move
5246 across a screen boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the screen is cleared and the next or pre-
5247 vious page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow links to avoid many
5250 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5256 This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for attachments of type
5257 message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the
5258 section on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90)''.
5260 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
5266 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8) set as
5267 if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains after having the
5268 high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed has an ASCII value of 0xf4,
5269 then this is treated as if the user had pressed ESC then ``x''. This is
5271 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 98
5273 because the result of removing the high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is
5274 the ASCII character ``x''.
5276 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\bo_
\bo
5282 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates'' command)
5283 from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
5285 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\br_
\bg_
\be
5291 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages to
5292 _
\b,_
\b<_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. If the vari-
5293 able is set, the message files will simply be deleted.
5295 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5301 The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
5303 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
5309 The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
5311 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn
5317 The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
5319 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd
5325 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a separate MIME
5326 part instead of included in the main body of the message.
5328 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 99
5330 This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver can properly view
5331 the message as it was delivered to you. If you like to switch between MIME and
5332 not MIME from mail to mail, set this variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
5334 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.69 , page 81)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
5335 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.137 , page 98)''.
5337 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5343 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
5344 a message while ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.136 , page 97)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. Other-
5345 wise ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.69 , page 81)'' is used instead.
5347 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bt
5353 When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the recvattach
5354 menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable manner will be
5355 attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.
5357 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5361 Default: '%4n %c %-16s %a'
5363 Availability: Mixmaster
5365 This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster chain
5366 selection screen. The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
5369 The running number on the menu.
5372 Remailer capabilities.
5375 The remailer's short name.
5378 The remailer's e-mail address.
5380 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5384 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 100
5386 Default: 'mixmaster'
5388 Availability: Mixmaster
5390 This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your system. It is
5391 used with various sets of parameters to gather the list of known remailers, and
5392 to finally send a message through the mixmaster chain.
5394 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be
5400 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your spool mailbox
5401 to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.124 , page 95)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5402 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5404 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bi_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5408 Default: '%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p'
5410 This is the format for the ``local part'' of the Message-Id: header field gen-
5411 erated by Mutt-ng. If this variable is empty, no Message-Id: headers will be
5412 generated. The '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the
5413 string, similar to printf(3). The following characters are allowed:
5416 the current day of month
5428 the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
5434 the current Message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every Mes-
5435 sage-ID being generated)
5438 a random integer value (decimal)
5440 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 101
5443 a random integer value (hexadecimal)
5449 the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
5452 the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
5455 the current year (Y2K compliant)
5460 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Please only change this setting if you know what you are doing. Also
5461 make sure to consult RFC2822 to produce technically _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bd strings.
5463 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bn_
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\be_
\be
5469 This variable, when _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing deeper
5470 threads to fit on the screen.
5472 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5480 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the Followup-To: header field before edit-
5481 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
5483 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5491 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the X-Comment-To: header field before edit-
5492 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
5494 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br
5496 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 102
5500 Default: '~/.muttng'
5504 This variable points to directory where Mutt-ng will cache news article head-
5505 ers. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, headers will not be saved at all and will be reloaded each time
5506 when you enter a newsgroup.
5508 As for the header caching in connection with IMAP and/or Maildir, this drasti-
5509 cally increases speed and lowers traffic.
5511 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bu_
\bp
5519 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in a newsgroup as read
5520 when you leaving it.
5522 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5530 This variable controls how many news articles to cache per newsgroup (if
5531 caching is enabled, see _
\b$_
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br (section 6.3.146 , page 100)) and how
5532 many news articles to show in the ``index'' menu.
5534 If there're more articles than defined with _
\b$_
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.148 ,
5535 page 101), all older ones will be removed/not shown in the index.
5537 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5545 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the keyword 'poster' is present in the Followup-To:
5546 header field, a follow-up to the newsgroup is not permitted. The message will
5547 be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
5549 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5553 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 103
5555 Default: '%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d'
5559 This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to your
5560 personal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 ,
5561 page 90)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5563 %C current newsgroup number
5564 %d description of newsgroup (retrieved from server)
5566 %M ``-'' if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
5567 %N ``N'' if newsgroup is new, ``u'' if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
5568 %n number of new articles in newsgroup
5569 %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
5570 %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
5571 %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
5573 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
5581 This variable specifies the name (or address) of the NNTP server to be used.
5583 It defaults to the value specified via the environment variable $NNTPSERVER or
5584 contained in the file /etc/nntpserver.
5586 You can also specify a username and an alternative port for each newsserver,
5589 [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
5591 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Using a password as shown and stored in a configuration file presents a
5592 security risk since the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the
5595 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5603 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news posted by
5604 Mutt-ng. Otherwise, Mutt-ng posts article using current connection. The fol-
5605 lowing printf(3)-style sequence is understood:
5607 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 104
5611 Example: set inews='/usr/local/bin/inews -hS'
5613 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5621 This variable controls whether or not descriptions for newsgroups are to be
5622 loaded when subscribing to a newsgroup.
5624 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5632 The time in seconds until any operations on a newsgroup except posting a new
5633 article will cause a recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will recheck on
5634 each operation in index (stepping, read article, etc.).
5636 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5644 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an 8-bit ``Subject:'' header field in a news article will not be
5645 encoded according to RFC2047.
5647 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Only change this setting if you know what you are doing.
5649 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc
5653 Default: '~/.newsrc'
5657 This file contains information about subscribed newsgroup and articles read so
5660 To ease the use of multiple news servers, the following printf(3)-style
5661 sequence is understood:
5663 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 105
5667 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
5675 Your password for NNTP account.
5677 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
5678 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
5680 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
5688 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt-ng will post articles to newsgroup that have not permis-
5689 sions to post (e.g. moderated).
5691 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if the newsserver does not support posting to that newsgroup or a group
5692 is totally read-only, that posting will not have any effect.
5694 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5702 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a newsserver when the
5703 was connection lost.
5705 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
5713 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into the ``newsrc''
5714 file and into the news cache.
5716 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5718 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 106
5726 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
5727 browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also controls
5728 whether or not the number of new articles of subscribed newsgroups will be
5731 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
5739 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will be dis-
5740 played in the newsgroup browser.
5742 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
5750 Your login name on the NNTP server. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the server requires authen-
5751 tification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name.
5753 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5761 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``X-Comment-To:'' header field (that contains full
5762 name of the original article author) to articles that you followup to.
5764 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bs_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm
5770 This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent: header field. If
5771 this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will be set to the operating system name that uname(2)
5772 returns. If uname(2) fails, ``UNIX'' will be used.
5774 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 107
5776 It may, for example, look as: ``mutt-ng 1.5.9i (Linux)''.
5778 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
5784 This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view messages.
5785 ``builtin'' means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this variable should
5786 specify the pathname of the external pager you would like to use.
5788 Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional keystrokes are
5789 necessary because you can't call Mutt-ng functions directly from the pager, and
5790 screen resizes cause lines longer than the screen width to be badly formatted
5793 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5799 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when dis-
5800 playing the next or previous page in the internal pager. By default, Mutt-ng
5801 will display the line after the last one on the screen at the top of the next
5802 page (0 lines of context).
5804 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5808 Default: '-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s'
5810 This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status'' displayed
5811 before each message in either the internal or an external pager. The valid
5812 sequences are listed in the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90)'' sec-
5815 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs
5821 Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in the
5822 pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the folder, will
5823 be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index, giving the reader the
5824 context of a few messages before and after the message. This is useful, for
5825 example, to determine how many messages remain to be read in the current
5826 thread. One of the lines is reserved for the status bar from the index, so a
5827 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs of 6 will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of
5828 0 results in no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current
5829 folder is less than _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs, then the index will only use as many
5831 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 108
5835 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
5841 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will n
\bno
\bot
\bt move to the next message when you are at
5842 the end of a message and invoke the _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b-_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function.
5844 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5850 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP messages
5851 whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would result in the
5852 contents of the message being operated on. For example, if the user displays a
5853 pgp-traditional message which has not been manually checked with the check-tra-
5854 ditional-pgp function, Mutt-ng will automatically check the message for tradi-
5857 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
5863 This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline (traditional)
5864 PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain circumstances. This can be
5865 overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not required.
5867 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
5868 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
5869 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
5870 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.188 , page 111)''.
5872 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
5875 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt
5881 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when signing or
5882 encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess failed. (PGP only)
5884 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5888 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 109
5892 This format is used to create a old-style ``clearsigned'' PGP message.
5894 Note that the use of this format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5896 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5902 This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode application/pgp
5905 The PGP command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5908 Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
5909 string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
5912 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5915 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5916 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5919 The value of _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.192 , page 112).
5922 One or more key IDs.
5924 For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions of PGP
5925 which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc files in the samples/
5926 subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the documenta-
5929 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5935 This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
5937 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5943 This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP only)
5945 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 110
5947 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5953 This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
5955 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5959 Default: '%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u'
5961 This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to your per-
5962 sonal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page
5963 90)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5987 trust/validity of the key-uid association
5990 date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
5994 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6000 This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring. (PGP
6002 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 111
6006 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6012 This command is invoked whenever Mutt-ng will need public key information. %r
6013 is the only printf(3)-like sequence used with this format. (PGP only)
6015 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\bo_
\bo_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
6017 Type: regular expression
6021 If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only considered
6022 verified if the output from _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.198 , page 113)
6023 contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command is 0
6024 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
6026 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6032 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
6033 the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this if you
6034 want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP only)
6036 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6042 This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's public key
6045 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6051 This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The output format
6052 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
6054 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
6057 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 112
6059 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6065 This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The output format
6066 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
6068 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
6071 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bs
6077 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs. (PGP
6080 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo
6086 This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically sending
6087 a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails
6090 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6093 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
6099 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create an inline
6100 (traditional) message when replying to a message which is PGP encrypted/signed
6101 inline. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not
6102 required. This option does not automatically detect if the (replied-to) mes-
6103 sage is inline; instead it relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously
6104 checked/flagged messages.
6106 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
6107 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
6108 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
6109 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.188 , page 111)''.
6111 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6114 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 113
6116 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bs
6122 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested multipart/signed
6123 and multipart/encrypted body parts.
6125 This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing lists, where
6126 the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily removed, while the inner
6127 multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP only)
6129 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6135 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection menu.
6136 This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or have been marked
6137 as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
6139 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs
6145 If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify which of
6146 your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the keyid form to
6147 specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
6149 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6155 This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a multi-
6156 part/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
6158 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6164 Specifies how the entries in the ``pgp keys'' menu are sorted. The following
6168 sort alphabetically by user id
6170 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 114
6173 sort alphabetically by key id
6176 sort by key creation date
6179 sort by the trust of the key
6181 If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with ``reverse-''.
6184 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc
6190 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as quoted-
6191 printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead to problems with
6192 non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if you know what you are
6195 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
6201 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
6202 Default: 300. (PGP only)
6204 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
6210 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP only)
6212 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6218 This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
6220 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6226 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 115
6228 This command is used to verify key information from the key selection menu.
6231 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6237 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
6238 pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed head-
6239 ers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages first.
6241 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6247 The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged messages to
6248 an external Unix command.
6250 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6256 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command and the ``tag- prefix'' or
6257 ``tag-prefix-cond'' operators. If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when piping a list
6258 of tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe them as
6259 a single folder. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one by one. In both
6260 cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order, and the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6261 (section 6.3.201 , page 114)'' separator is added after each message.
6263 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6271 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only
6272 fall back to other authentication methods if the previous methods are unavail-
6273 able. If a method is available but authentication fails, Mutt-ng will not con-
6274 nect to the POP server.
6276 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
6282 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 116
6286 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
6287 use to log in to an POP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
6288 tication methods are either ``user'', ``apop'' or any SASL mechanism, eg
6289 ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''.
6291 This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default)
6292 Mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-secure to least-
6295 Example: set pop_authenticators='digest-md5:apop:user'
6297 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6305 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
6306 server when using the ``fetch-mail'' function. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will down-
6307 load messages but also leave them on the POP server.
6309 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
6317 The name of your POP server for the ``fetch-mail'' function. You can also
6318 specify an alternative port, username and password, i.e.:
6320 [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
6322 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6323 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6325 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt
6333 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to use the ``LAST'' POP command for
6334 retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the ``fetch-
6337 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 117
6339 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
6347 This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for new mail.
6349 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
6357 Specifies the password for your POP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you
6358 for your password when you open POP mailbox.
6360 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6361 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6363 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6371 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a POP server when the
6374 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
6382 Your login name on the POP server.
6384 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
6386 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6392 Similar to the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68)'' variable, Mutt-ng
6394 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 118
6396 will append this string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied
6399 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
6405 Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section
6406 6.3.214 , page 117)'' mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
6408 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd
6412 Default: '~/postponed'
6414 Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ``_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.213 , page 116)
6415 sending a message'' which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a mes-
6416 sage, Mutt-ng saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
6417 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.213 , page 116)'' variable.
6419 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6425 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, a shell command to be executed if Mutt-ng fails to establish a connec-
6426 tion to the server. This is useful for setting up secure connections, e.g. with
6427 ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero status, Mutt-ng gives up opening the
6430 preconnect='ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
6431 /dev/null > /dev/null'
6433 Mailbox ``foo'' on mailhost.net can now be reached as ``{localhost:1234}foo''.
6435 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the remote
6436 machine without having to enter a password.
6438 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt
6444 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo
6445 by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often.
6447 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6451 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 119
6455 This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
6457 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6463 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6464 message is decoded before it is passed to the external command specified by
6465 _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.217 , page 117). If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no pro-
6466 cessing will be applied to the message when printing it. The latter setting
6467 may be useful if you are using some advanced printer filter which is able to
6468 properly format e-mail messages for printing.
6470 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6476 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6477 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.217 , page 117) is executed
6478 once for each message which is to be printed. If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6479 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.217 , page 117) is executed
6480 only once, and all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the mes-
6483 Those who use the enscript(1) program's mail-printing mode will most likely
6484 want to set this option.
6486 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br
6492 If you use an _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.166 , page 106)'', setting this
6493 variable will cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits
6494 rather than returning to the index menu. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will return to the
6495 index menu when the external pager exits.
6497 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6503 This specifies the command that Mutt-ng will use to make external address
6504 queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted with the
6505 query string the user types. See ``_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by (section 4.6 , page 42)'' for more
6508 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 120
6510 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt
6516 This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit from Mutt-
6517 ng. If it set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, they do quit, if it is set to _
\bn_
\bo, they have no effect,
6518 and if it is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you are prompted for confirmation when
6521 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6527 Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (sec-
6528 tion 6.3.109 , page 90)''.
6530 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
6536 Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, one quote character will be
6537 added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines will be prepended
6538 by ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.109 , page 90)''.
6540 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6542 Type: regular expression
6544 Default: '^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+'
6546 A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted sections of
6547 text in the body of a message.
6549 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: In order to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bdx
\bx patterns in the internal pager, you need to
6550 set this to a regular expression that matches _
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bl_
\by the quote characters at
6551 the beginning of quoted lines.
6553 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b6 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
6559 If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message it is cur-
6560 rently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed after _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc mes-
6561 sages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng will print a message when it
6562 reads message 25, and then again when it gets to message 50). This variable is
6563 meant to indicate progress when reading large mailboxes which may take some
6565 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 121
6567 time. When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the reading the
6570 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.337 , page 146)'' variable.
6572 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b7 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6578 If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
6580 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b8 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6586 This variable specifies what ``real'' or ``personal'' name should be used when
6589 By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd.
6591 _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b: This variable will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
6592 _
\b$_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.74 , page 82) variable.
6594 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b9 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6600 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when composing a new
6601 message. Also see ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.214 , page 117)''.
6603 Setting this variable to _
\by_
\be_
\bs is not generally useful, and thus not recommended.
6605 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b0 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
6611 This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be appended.
6612 (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of your messages, but
6613 another way to do this is using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' com-
6614 mand to create a Bcc: header field with your email address in it.)
6616 The value of _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd _
\b(_
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b0 _
\b, _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\b1_
\b2_
\b0_
\b) is overridden by the
6617 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
6618 6.3.241 , page 123)'' variables, and the ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page
6621 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 122
6623 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b1 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6625 Type: regular expression
6627 Default: '^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*'
6629 A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading and reply-
6630 ing. The default value corresponds to the English ``Re:'' and the German
6633 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b2 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf
6639 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will assume
6640 that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather than to your-
6643 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b3 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
6649 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address listed in the
6650 ``Reply-To:'' header field as the recipient of the reply. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
6651 use the address in the ``From:'' header field instead.
6653 This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the ``Reply-To:''
6654 header field to the list address and you want to send a private message to the
6655 author of a message.
6657 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b4 _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bv_
\be
6663 When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next (possibly
6664 undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the current message is exe-
6667 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b5 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
6673 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the ``personal''
6674 name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that matches the
6675 message's sender. For example, if you have the following alias:
6677 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 123
6679 alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
6681 and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
6683 From: abd30425@somewhere.net
6685 It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
6686 ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail address is
6687 not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
6689 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b6 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6695 It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine, move the
6696 messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages from there. If
6697 this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default From: line of the reply messages is built
6698 using the address where you received the messages you are replying to i
\bif
\bf that
6699 address matches your alternates. If the variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, or the address that
6700 would be used doesn't match your alternates, the From: line will use your
6701 address on the current machine.
6703 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b7 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6709 This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.236 ,
6710 page 122) feature. When it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
6711 messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
6712 Mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of the _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6713 (section 6.3.228 , page 120) variable.
6715 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b8 _
\br_
\bf_
\bc_
\b2_
\b0_
\b4_
\b7_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs
6721 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME parame-
6722 ters. You want to set this variable when Mutt-ng suggests you to save attach-
6723 ments to files named like this:
6725 =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
6727 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt interactively, the change doesn't have the desired
6728 effect before you have changed folders.
6730 Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by the
6731 standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild.
6733 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 124
6735 Also note that setting this parameter will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt have the effect that Mutt-ng
6736 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, Mutt-ng will unconditionally use the
6737 encoding specified in RFC 2231.
6739 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
6745 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a default
6746 folder for saving a mail. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'' or
6747 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt too, the selection of the
6748 fcc folder will be changed as well.
6750 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6756 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed when
6757 closed (the exception is ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.295 , page 136)'' which is
6758 never removed). If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes are never removed.
6760 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not delete MH
6761 and Maildir directories.
6763 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6769 This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved. When set, a
6770 check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the recipient address exists
6771 (this is done by searching for a mailbox in the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.64 ,
6772 page 79)'' directory with the _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be part of the recipient address). If the
6773 mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved to that mailbox, otherwise
6774 the message is saved to the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.230 , page 120)'' mailbox.
6776 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' variable.
6778 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be
6784 When this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be useful to
6785 selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\b-
6786 _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be (section 6.3.243 , page 123)'' variable and friends are used.
6788 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 125
6790 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6796 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6797 this variable are automatically marked for deletion by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6798 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6799 variable will never mark a message for deletion.
6801 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg
6807 Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this vari-
6808 able's value are automatically marked ``flagged''.
6810 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
6816 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6817 this variable are automatically marked as read by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6818 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6819 variable will never mark a message read.
6821 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6825 Default: 'us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8'
6827 A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the first
6828 character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If your ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6829 (section 6.3.24 , page 70)'' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not under-
6830 stand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an appropriate widely used
6831 standard character set (such as iso-8859-2, koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either
6832 instead of or after iso-8859-1.
6834 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
6838 Default: '/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi'
6840 Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-ng.
6841 Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional arguments as
6842 recipient addresses.
6844 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 126
6846 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt
6852 Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.247 ,
6853 page 124)'' process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
6856 Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
6859 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
6862 wait forever for sendmail to finish
6865 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
6867 Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child process
6868 will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you will be informed
6869 as to where to find the output.
6871 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
6877 Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login shell
6878 from /etc/passwd is used.
6880 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by
6886 When the sidebar is displayed and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by (section
6887 6.3.254 , page 126) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the characters at which to
6888 split a folder name into ``hierarchy items.''
6890 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm
6896 This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and other
6899 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 127
6901 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6907 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only folders with new mail will be shown in the sidebar.
6909 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
6913 Default: '%c%?n?(%n)?%?f?[%f]?'
6915 This variable controls how message counts are printed when the sidebar is
6916 enabled. If this variable is _
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by _
\bi_
\bf), no numbers will be printed
6917 _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd mutt-ng won't frequently count mail (which may be a great speedup esp. with
6918 mbox-style mailboxes.)
6920 The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
6923 Total number of messages.
6926 Number of flagged messages.
6929 Number of new messages.
6931 The %f and %n expandos may optionally be printed non-zero.
6933 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by
6939 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the ``hierarchy'' of the sidebar entries will be shortened only if
6940 they cannot be printed in full length (because ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh (section
6941 6.3.256 , page 126)'' is set to a too low value). For example, if the news-
6942 group name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen, it'll get
6943 shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would and thus will not
6946 At which characters this compression is done is controled via the _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b-
6947 _
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by (section 6.3.250 , page 125) variable.
6949 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bi_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6955 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 128
6957 This specifies whether or not to show the sidebar (a list of folders specified
6958 with the ``mailboxes'' command).
6960 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh
6966 The width of the sidebar.
6968 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bd_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bs
6974 If set, a line containing ``-- '' (dash, dash, space) will be inserted before
6975 your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.259 , page 127)''. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended
6976 that you not unset this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your
6977 name. The reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
6978 detect your signature.
6980 For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to highlight the signature in a different
6981 color in the builtin pager.
6983 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
6989 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded text. It
6990 is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you do not set this variable unless you really
6991 know what you are doing, and are prepared to take some heat from netiquette
6994 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be
6998 Default: '~/.signature'
7000 Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all outgoing
7001 messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is assumed that file-
7002 name is a shell command and input should be read from its stdout.
7004 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7010 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is useful for
7012 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 129
7014 people that want to sign off every message they send with their name.
7016 If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact information or
7017 witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature file instead of the sig-
7020 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7024 Default: '~f %s | ~s %s'
7026 Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search pattern.
7027 A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~ operators. See
7028 ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36)'' for more information on search patterns.
7030 For example, if you simply type ``joe'' at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-ng
7031 will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable. For the
7032 default value it would be:
7036 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bl_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7042 Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
7043 messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging messages from
7044 the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so a value of zero for
7045 this option suppresses the pause.
7047 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp
7053 Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the internal
7054 pager. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, lines are
7055 simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.121 ,
7056 page 95)'' variable.
7058 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7060 Type: regular expression
7062 Default: '(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])'
7064 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
7065 ``_
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.225 , page 119)'', most notably smileys in the
7068 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 130
7070 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bb_
\be_
\bl
7076 This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a certifi-
7077 cate about to be added to the database or not. It is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt by default. (S/MIME
7080 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7086 This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which contains
7087 trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
7089 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
7095 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage
7096 and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now, and keys and
7097 certificates are stored in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7098 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7099 address keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7100 location of the certificates. (S/MIME only)
7102 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7108 This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt application/x-
7109 pkcs7-mime attachments.
7111 The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences sim-
7115 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
7118 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
7119 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
7122 The key-pair specified with _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.270 ,
7125 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 131
7128 One or more certificate IDs.
7131 The algorithm used for encryption.
7134 CA location: Depending on whether _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section
7135 6.3.266 , page 129) points to a directory or file, this expands to
7136 '-CApath _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.266 , page 129)' or
7137 '-CAfile _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.266 , page 129)'.
7139 For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in the sam-
7140 ples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the docu-
7141 mentation. (S/MIME only)
7143 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7149 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (default) this tells Mutt-ng to use the default key for decryption. Oth-
7150 erwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, Mutt-ng will try to use the
7151 mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key,
7152 if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
7154 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7160 This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the keyid
7161 (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly (S/MIME only)
7163 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7169 This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME only)
7171 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh
7177 This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid choices are
7178 ``des'', ``des3'', ``rc2-40'', ``rc2-64'', ``\frc2-128''.
7180 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt ``_
\b3_
\bd_
\be_
\bs'' (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
7182 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 132
7184 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7190 This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
7193 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7199 This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing X509 cer-
7200 tificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the certificate was
7201 issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
7203 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7209 This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
7210 signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the email's
7211 ``From:'' header field. (S/MIME only)
7213 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7219 This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keysng. (S/MIME only)
7221 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt
7227 The default behaviour of Mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
7228 operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
7230 However, this has no effect while replying, since Mutt-ng will automatically
7231 select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original message.
7233 (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting _
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (sec-
7234 tion 6.3.37 , page 73).) (S/MIME only)
7236 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7238 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 133
7244 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage ad
7245 retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now, and stores
7246 keys and certificates in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7247 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7248 address keyid pair, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7249 location of the private keys. (S/MIME only)
7251 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bp_
\bk_
\b7_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7257 This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures, in order
7258 to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
7260 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7266 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed,
7267 which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME only)
7269 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7275 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7276 pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail clients supporting the
7277 S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
7279 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7285 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
7288 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7294 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 134
7296 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.
7299 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7305 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7306 pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
7308 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
7316 Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
7317 6.3.286 , page 133)'' is set, but this variable is not, you will be prompted
7318 for a password when sending.
7320 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
7321 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
7323 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
7331 Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable will cause
7332 Mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
7334 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
7342 Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed to invok-
7343 ing the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the value of ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
7344 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.247 , page 124)'', and any associated variables.
7346 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7350 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 135
7356 Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery. Must be
7357 specified as a number.
7359 Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP servers
7360 will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
7362 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7368 Specifies how to sort messages in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. Valid values are:
7373 mailbox-order (unsorted)
7381 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7382 (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
7384 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
7390 Specifies how the entries in the ``alias'' menu are sorted. The following are
7393 address (sort alphabetically by email address)
7394 alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
7395 unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
7397 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7403 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 136
7405 When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted in rela-
7406 tion to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees are sorted.
7407 This can be set to any value that ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.289 , page 134)'' can,
7408 except threads (in that case, Mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You can also
7409 specify the ``last-'' prefix in addition to ``reverse-'' prefix, but last- must
7410 come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to be sorted against its
7411 siblings by which has the last descendant, using the rest of sort_aux as an
7414 For instance, set sort_aux=last-date-received would mean that if a new message
7415 is received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the
7416 first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.)
7418 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For reversed ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.289 , page 134)'' order _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7419 (section 6.3.291 , page 134) is reversed again (which is not the right thing
7420 to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
7422 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
7428 Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
7429 sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
7431 alpha (alphabetically)
7436 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7437 (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
7439 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be
7445 This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7446 (section 6.3.309 , page 141)'' _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. In that case, it changes the heuristic
7447 Mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.293 ,
7448 page 135) _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only attach a message as the child of another mes-
7449 sage by subject if the subject of the child message starts with a substring
7450 matching the setting of ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.231 , page 120)''. With
7451 _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.293 , page 135) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will attach the message
7452 whether or not this is the case, as long as the non-``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section
7453 6.3.231 , page 120)'' parts of both messages are identical.
7455 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
7457 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 137
7463 ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.294 , page 135)'' controls what happens when
7464 multiple spam headers are matched: if _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive header will over-
7465 write any previous matches value for the spam label. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive
7466 match will append to the previous, using ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.294 ,
7467 page 135)'' as a separator.
7469 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7475 If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot find it,
7476 you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng will automatically
7477 set this variable to the value of the environment variable $MAIL if it is not
7480 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7486 This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates. Any server
7487 certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automati-
7490 Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
7492 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt
7500 The file containing a client certificate and its associated private key.
7502 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\b__
\bd_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bs
7508 Availability: GNUTLS
7510 This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits) for use in
7511 any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the default from the
7514 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 138
7516 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\bt_
\bl_
\bs
7522 Availability: SSL or GNUTLS
7524 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default), Mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers advertis-
7525 ing the capability. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not attempt to use STARTTLS
7526 regardless of the server's capabilities.
7528 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\bv_
\b2
7534 Availability: SSL or NSS
7536 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv2 in the SSL authentica-
7539 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\bv_
\b3
7545 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7547 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL authentica-
7550 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bl_
\bs_
\bv_
\b1
7556 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7558 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL authentica-
7561 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm_
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bs
7567 Availability: SSL or NSS
7569 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt-ng will use CA certificates in the system-wide certificate
7571 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 139
7573 store when checking if server certificate is signed by a trusted CA.
7575 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7581 Controls the characters used by the ``%r'' indicator in ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
7582 tion 6.3.305 , page 138)''. The first character is used when the mailbox is
7583 unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed, and it needs
7584 to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is in read-only mode, or
7585 if the mailbox will not be written when exiting that mailbox (You can toggle
7586 whether to write changes to a mailbox with the toggle-write operation, bound by
7587 default to ``%''). The fourth is used to indicate that the current folder has
7588 been opened in attach-message mode (Certain operations like composing a new
7589 mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
7591 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
7595 Default: '-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
7596 Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
7597 %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---'
7599 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. This
7600 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.110 , page 90)'', but has
7601 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
7604 number of mailboxes with new mail *
7607 the short pathname of the current mailbox
7610 number of deleted messages *
7613 the full pathname of the current mailbox
7616 number of flagged messages *
7622 size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
7625 size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the cur-
7628 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 140
7631 the number of messages in the mailbox *
7634 the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit)
7638 number of new messages in the mailbox *
7641 number of old unread messages *
7644 number of postponed messages *
7647 percentage of the way through the index
7650 modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator, according
7651 to _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.304 , page 137)
7654 current sorting mode (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.289 , page 134))
7657 current aux sorting method (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx (section 6.3.291 , page
7661 number of tagged messages *
7664 number of unread messages *
7667 Mutt-ng version string
7670 currently active limit pattern, if any *
7673 right justify the rest of the string and pad with 'X'
7676 pad to the end of the line with 'X'
7678 * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
7680 Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string if their
7681 value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the number of flagged
7682 messages if such messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To
7683 optionally print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
7685 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 141
7689 %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
7691 where _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is a character from the table above, and _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg is
7692 the string you would like printed if _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is nonzero. _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7693 m
\bma
\bay
\by contain other sequences as well as normal text, but you may n
\bno
\bot
\bt nest
7696 Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new mes-
7699 %?n?%n new messages.?
7701 Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a value is
7702 zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the following con-
7705 %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
7707 You can additionally force the result of any printf(3)-like sequence to be low-
7708 ercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (_) sign. For
7709 example, if you want to display the local hostname in lowercase, you would use:
7713 If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, Mutt-ng will
7714 replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful with
7715 IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
7717 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
7723 Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the first
7724 line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
7726 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\bo
7732 With mailto: style links, a body as well as arbitrary header information may be
7733 embedded. This may lead to (user) headers being overwriten without note if
7734 ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'' is unset.
7736 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng is strict and allows anything to be changed.
7737 If it's _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, all headers given will be prefixed with ``X-Mailto-'' and the
7738 message including headers will be shown in the editor regardless of what
7739 ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'' is set to.
7741 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 142
7743 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7749 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset indica-
7750 tion in the ``Content-Type:'' header field can be displayed (non MIME-compliant
7751 messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers like MS Outlook
7752 Express). See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.11 , page 67).
7754 This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and *text to
7755 a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded ``Subject:'' header field
7756 from being devided into multiple lines.
7758 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7764 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To:'' and ``Refer-
7765 ences:'' header fields when you ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.289 , page 134)'' by mes-
7766 sage threads. By default, messages with the same subject are grouped together
7767 in ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a personal
7768 mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with the subject ``hi''
7769 which will get grouped together.
7771 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs
7777 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will remove the trailing part of the ``Subject:'' line which
7778 matches _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx (section 6.3.311 , page 141) when replying. This is
7779 useful to properly react on subject changes and reduce ``subject noise.'' (esp.
7782 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx
7784 Type: regular expression
7786 Default: '\([Ww][Aa][RrSs]: .*\)[ ]*$'
7788 When non-empty and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.310 , page 141) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng
7789 will remove this trailing part of the ``Subject'' line when replying if it
7790 won't be empty afterwards.
7792 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bt_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
7798 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 143
7800 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting ``stuffed'',
7801 i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote characters and the actual text.
7803 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
7809 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp key,
7810 usually CTRL+Z. This is useful if you run Mutt-ng inside an xterm using a com-
7811 mand like ``xterm -e muttng.''
7813 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\be_
\bd
7819 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments. This
7820 format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and generally just looks
7821 like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's features, you'll
7822 need support in your editor.
7824 Note that _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.109 , page 90) is ignored when this
7827 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bt_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bg_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7833 Affects the ~b and ~h search operations described in section ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (sec-
7834 tion 4.2 , page 36)'' above. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the headers and attachments of messages
7835 to be searched are decoded before searching. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages are searched
7836 as they appear in the folder.
7838 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\bd
7844 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to thread
7845 messages by subject.
7847 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be
7853 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the screen
7855 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 144
7859 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7865 This variable controls the _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a key to be
7866 pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for new mail. A value
7867 of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time out.
7869 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp_
\bd_
\bi_
\br
7875 This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its temporary
7876 files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this variable is not
7877 set, the environment variable $TMPDIR is used. If $TMPDIR is not set then
7880 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7886 Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The first char-
7887 acter is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your address (default:
7888 space). The second is used when you are the only recipient of the message
7889 (default: +). The third is when your address appears in the ``To:'' header
7890 field, but you are not the only recipient of the message (default: T). The
7891 fourth character is used when your address is specified in the ``Cc:'' header
7892 field, but you are not the only recipient. The fifth character is used to
7893 indicate mail that was sent by _
\by_
\bo_
\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate
7894 when a mail was sent to a mailing-list you're subscribe to (default: L).
7896 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
7902 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the mails
7903 marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably purged.
7905 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really deleted, so
7906 that there is no way to recover mail.
7908 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bt_
\bu_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bl
7912 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 145
7916 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command instead of
7917 a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up preauthenticated connec-
7918 tions to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
7920 tunnel='ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd'
7922 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote machine
7923 without having to enter a password.
7925 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bu_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
7931 This sets the umask that will be used by Mutt-ng when creating all kinds of
7932 files. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default value is 077.
7934 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bj_
\bu_
\bm_
\bp
7940 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the cur-
7941 rent thread is _
\bu_
\bncollapsed.
7943 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7949 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg:
\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of sendmail
7950 which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x) or you may not be
7953 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.247 , page 124)'' with
7954 the -B8BITMIME flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
7956 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bo_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn
7962 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the @host por-
7963 tion) with the value of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.89 , page 85)''. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
7964 no addresses will be qualified.
7966 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
7968 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 146
7974 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the ``From:'' header field when sending mes-
7975 sages. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no ``From:'' header field will be generated unless the user
7976 explicitly sets one using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' command.
7978 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bn
7986 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will show you international domain names decoded.
7988 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: You can use IDNs for addresses even if this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This variable only
7991 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bp_
\bv_
\b6
7997 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to contact.
7998 If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses. Nor-
7999 mally, the default should work.
8001 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
8007 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``User-Agent:'' header to outgoing messages, indi-
8008 cating which version of Mutt-ng was used for composing them.
8010 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl
8016 Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _
\b~_
\bv command is given in the
8019 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
8025 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 147
8027 Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\b- _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-
8028 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by commands.
8030 It is also used when viewing attachments with ``_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page
8031 60)'', provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag,
8032 and the external program is interactive.
8034 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will wait for
8035 a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
8037 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
8043 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding, printing, or
8044 replying to messages.
8046 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
8052 Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
8054 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
8055 searches will not wrap.
8057 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
8063 Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the terminal
8064 when Mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
8066 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
8072 Controls whether Mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing messages to
8073 be sent. Exim users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this.
8075 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
8081 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 148
8083 When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc messages to
8084 indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message will be displayed before
8087 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.226 , page 119)'' variable.
8089 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn
8093 Default: 'M%?n?AIL&ail?'
8095 Controls the format of the X11 icon title, as long as _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (sec-
8096 tion 6.3.340 , page 147) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is identical in formatting to the
8097 one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.305 , page 138)''.
8099 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bv_
\be
8105 If _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3.340 , page 147) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this string will be
8106 used to set the title when leaving mutt-ng. For terminal-based programs,
8107 there's no easy and portable way to read the current title so mutt-ng cannot
8108 read it upon startup and restore it when exiting.
8110 Based on the xterm FAQ, the following might work:
8112 set xterm_leave = '`test x$DISPLAY != x && xprop -id $WINDOWID | grep WM_NAME |
8115 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8121 Controls whether Mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as long as
8122 you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt to force in the
8125 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be
8129 Default: 'Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?'
8131 Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
8132 _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3.340 , page 147) has been _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is
8133 identical in formatting to the one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.305 ,
8136 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 149
8138 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
8140 The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping in which
8141 they are available. The default key setting is given, and an explanation of
8142 what the function does. The key bindings of these functions can be changed
8143 with the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) command.
8145 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc
8147 The _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions (such as
8148 movement) available in all menus except for _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br and _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br. Changing set-
8149 tings for this menu will affect the default bindings for all menus (except as
8152 bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
8153 current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
8154 current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
8155 current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
8156 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8157 exit q exit this menu
8158 first-entry = move to the first entry
8159 half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
8160 half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
8162 jump number jump to an index number
8163 last-entry * move to the last entry
8164 middle-page M move to the middle of the page
8165 next-entry j move to the next entry
8166 next-line > scroll down one line
8167 next-page z move to the next page
8168 previous-entry k move to the previous entry
8169 previous-line < scroll up one line
8170 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8171 refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
8172 search / search for a regular expression
8173 search-next n search for next match
8174 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8175 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8176 select-entry RET select the current entry
8177 shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
8178 tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
8179 tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
8180 tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
8181 top-page H move to the top of the page
8182 what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
8184 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
8186 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 150
8188 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8189 change-folder c open a different folder
8190 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8191 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8192 clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
8193 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8194 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8195 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8196 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8197 delete-message d delete the current entry
8198 delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
8199 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8200 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8201 display-address @ display full address of sender
8202 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8203 display-message RET display a message
8204 edit e edit the current message
8205 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8206 exit x exit without saving changes
8207 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8208 fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
8209 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8210 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8211 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8212 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8213 limit l show only messages matching a pattern
8214 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8215 mail m compose a new mail message
8216 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8217 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8218 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8219 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8220 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8221 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8222 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8223 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8224 previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
8225 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8226 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8227 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8228 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8229 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8230 print-message p print the current entry
8231 query Q query external program for addresses
8232 quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
8233 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8234 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8235 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8236 reply r reply to a message
8237 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8238 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8239 set-flag w set a status flag on a message
8240 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8241 show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
8243 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 151
8245 sort-mailbox o sort messages
8246 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8247 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8248 tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
8249 tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
8250 toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8251 toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
8252 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8253 undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
8254 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8255 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8256 untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
8257 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8259 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
8261 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 152
8263 bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
8264 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8265 change-folder c open a different folder
8266 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8267 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8268 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8269 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8270 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8271 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8272 delete-message d delete the current entry
8273 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8274 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8275 display-address @ display full address of sender
8276 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8277 edit e edit the current message
8278 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8279 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8280 exit i return to the main-menu
8281 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8282 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8283 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8284 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8285 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8286 half-up not bound move up one-half page
8287 half-down not bound move down one-half page
8289 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8290 mail m compose a new mail message
8291 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8292 mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8293 next-line RET scroll down one line
8294 next-entry J move to the next entry
8295 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8296 next-page move to the next page
8297 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8298 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8299 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8300 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8301 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8302 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8303 previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
8304 previous-entry K move to the previous entry
8305 previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
8306 previous-page - move to the previous page
8307 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8308 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8309 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8310 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8311 print-message p print the current entry
8312 quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
8313 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8314 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8315 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8316 redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
8318 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 153
8320 reply r reply to a message
8321 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8322 search / search for a regular expression
8323 search-next n search for next match
8324 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8325 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8326 search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
8327 shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
8328 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8329 skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
8330 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8331 tag-message t tag a message
8332 toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
8333 top ^ jump to the top of the message
8334 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8335 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8336 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8337 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8339 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
8341 search / search for a regular expression
8342 search-next n search for next match
8343 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8345 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by
8347 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8348 mail m compose a new mail message
8349 query Q query external program for addresses
8350 query-append A append new query results to current results
8351 search / search for a regular expression
8352 search-next n search for next match
8353 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8354 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8356 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
8358 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 154
8360 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8361 collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
8362 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8363 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8364 edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
8365 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8366 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8367 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8368 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8369 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8370 print-entry p print the current entry
8371 reply r reply to a message
8372 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8373 save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
8374 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8375 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8376 view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
8377 view-text T view attachment as text
8379 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be
8381 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 155
8383 attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
8384 attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
8385 attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
8386 copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
8387 detach-file D delete the current entry
8388 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8389 edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
8390 edit-cc c edit the CC list
8391 edit-description d edit attachment description
8392 edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
8393 edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
8394 edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
8395 edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
8396 edit-headers E edit the message with headers
8397 edit e edit the message
8398 edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
8399 edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
8400 edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
8401 edit-to t edit the TO list
8402 edit-type ^T edit attachment type
8403 filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
8404 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8405 ispell i run ispell on the message
8406 new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
8407 pgp-menu p show PGP options
8408 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8409 postpone-message P save this message to send later
8410 print-entry l print the current entry
8411 rename-file R rename/move an attached file
8412 send-message y send the message
8413 toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
8414 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8415 write-fcc w write the message to a folder
8417 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
8419 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8420 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8422 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
8424 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 156
8426 change-dir c change directories
8427 check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
8428 enter-mask m enter a file mask
8429 search / search for a regular expression
8430 search-next n search for next match
8431 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8432 select-new N select a new file in this directory
8433 sort o sort messages
8434 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8435 toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
8436 view-file SPACE view file
8437 subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8438 unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8439 toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
8441 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
8443 view-name % view the key's user id
8444 verify-key c verify a PGP public key
8446 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
8448 backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
8449 backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
8450 backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
8451 bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
8452 buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
8453 capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
8454 complete TAB complete filename or alias
8455 complete-query ^T complete address with query
8456 delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
8457 downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
8458 eol ^E jump to the end of the line
8459 forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
8460 forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
8461 history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
8462 history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
8463 kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
8464 kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
8465 kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
8466 kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
8467 quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
8468 transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
8469 upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
8471 _
\b7_
\b. _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\by
8473 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 157
8475 _
\b7_
\b._
\b1 _
\bA_
\bc_
\bk_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bl_
\be_
\bd_
\bg_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8477 Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME parsing code
8478 back in the ELM-ME days.
8480 The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt:
8482 Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
8484 Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
8486 Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
8488 John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
8490 David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
8492 Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
8494 Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
8496 Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
8498 David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
8500 Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
8502 Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
8504 Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
8506 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
8508 Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8510 Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
8512 Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
8514 Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
8516 Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
8518 Bjoern Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
8520 Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
8522 David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
8524 Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
8526 Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
8528 Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8530 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 158
8532 Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
8534 Jimmy Maekelae <jmy@flashback.net>,
8536 Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
8538 Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
8540 Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
8542 David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
8544 Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
8546 Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
8548 Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
8550 Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
8552 Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
8554 Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
8556 TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
8558 Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
8560 Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
8562 Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
8564 Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com>
8566 Mutt-ng is developed by the following people:
8568 Andreas Krennmair <ak@synflood.at>
8570 Nico Golde <nico@ngolde.de>
8572 Rocco Rutte <pdmef@cs.tu-berlin.de>
8574 The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt-ng:
8576 Iain Lea <iain@bricbrac.de>
8578 Andreas Kneib <akneib@gmx.net>
8580 Carsten Schoelzki <cjs@weisshuhn.de>
8582 Elimar Riesebieter <riesebie@lxtec.de>
8584 _
\b7_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt _
\bt_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bd_
\bo_
\bc_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
8586 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 159
8588 This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-tools pack-
8591 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 160
8595 1. Introduction ............................................................ 1
8596 1.1 Mutt-ng Home Page ................................................. 1
8597 1.2 Mailing Lists ..................................................... 1
8598 1.3 Software Distribution Sites ....................................... 1
8599 1.4 IRC ............................................................... 2
8600 1.5 Weblog ............................................................ 2
8601 1.6 Copyright ......................................................... 2
8603 2. Getting Started ......................................................... 2
8604 2.1 Moving Around in Menus ............................................ 2
8605 2.2 Editing Input Fields .............................................. 3
8606 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager ................................ 3
8607 2.4 Sending Mail ...................................................... 9
8608 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail ..................................... 13
8609 2.6 Postponing Mail .................................................. 14
8610 2.7 Reading news via NNTP ............................................ 14
8612 3. Configuration .......................................................... 14
8613 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files ................................... 15
8614 3.2 Defining/Using aliases ........................................... 16
8615 3.3 Changing the default key bindings ................................ 17
8616 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets ............................. 19
8617 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox ............................. 19
8618 3.6 Keyboard macros .................................................. 20
8619 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes ............................ 21
8620 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers ...................... 23
8621 3.9 Alternative addresses ............................................ 23
8622 3.10 Mailing lists .................................................... 24
8623 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes ................................... 25
8624 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail ............................ 25
8625 3.13 User defined headers ............................................. 26
8626 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages .............. 26
8627 3.15 Specify default save filename .................................... 27
8628 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing ...................... 27
8629 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once ... 27
8630 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients .................... 27
8631 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message ...................... 28
8632 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient .................. 29
8633 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer ...................... 29
8634 3.22 Executing functions .............................................. 29
8635 3.23 Message Scoring .................................................. 29
8636 3.24 Spam detection ................................................... 29
8637 3.25 Setting variables ................................................ 31
8638 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file ................ 32
8639 3.27 Configuring features conditionally ............................... 32
8640 3.28 Removing hooks ................................................... 33
8642 4. Advanced Usage ......................................................... 33
8643 4.1 Regular Expressions .............................................. 33
8647 4.2 Patterns ......................................................... 37
8648 4.3 Using Tags ....................................................... 41
8649 4.4 Using Hooks ...................................................... 41
8650 4.5 Using the sidebar ................................................ 43
8651 4.6 External Address Queries ......................................... 43
8652 4.7 Mailbox Formats .................................................. 44
8653 4.8 Mailbox Shortcuts ................................................ 45
8654 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists ........................................... 45
8655 4.10 Editing threads .................................................. 47
8656 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support ....................... 47
8657 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
8658 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 48
8659 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL) ................... 50
8660 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL) ........................... 50
8661 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL) ............................ 50
8663 5. Mutt-ng's MIME Support ................................................. 53
8664 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt ............................................... 53
8665 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types .......................... 55
8666 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap ........................... 55
8667 5.4 MIME Autoview .................................................... 61
8668 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative ....................................... 62
8669 5.6 MIME Lookup ...................................................... 62
8671 6. Reference .............................................................. 62
8672 6.1 Command line options ............................................. 62
8673 6.2 Configuration Commands ........................................... 63
8674 6.3 Configuration variables .......................................... 65
8675 6.4 Functions ....................................................... 149
8677 7. Miscellany ............................................................ 156
8678 7.1 Acknowledgments ................................................. 157
8679 7.2 About this document ............................................. 158